tc-arc.c revision 1.1.1.6 1 1.1 skrll /* tc-arc.c -- Assembler for the ARC
2 1.1.1.6 christos Copyright (C) 1994-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3 1.1.1.3 christos
4 1.1.1.3 christos Contributor: Claudiu Zissulescu <claziss (at) synopsys.com>
5 1.1 skrll
6 1.1 skrll This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7 1.1 skrll
8 1.1 skrll GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 1.1 skrll it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 1.1 skrll the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 1.1 skrll any later version.
12 1.1 skrll
13 1.1 skrll GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 1.1 skrll but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 1.1 skrll MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 1.1 skrll GNU General Public License for more details.
17 1.1 skrll
18 1.1 skrll You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 1.1 skrll along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 1.1 skrll Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 1.1 skrll 02110-1301, USA. */
22 1.1 skrll
23 1.1 skrll #include "as.h"
24 1.1.1.3 christos #include "subsegs.h"
25 1.1 skrll #include "struc-symbol.h"
26 1.1.1.3 christos #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
27 1.1.1.5 christos #include "dw2gencfi.h"
28 1.1 skrll #include "safe-ctype.h"
29 1.1.1.3 christos
30 1.1 skrll #include "opcode/arc.h"
31 1.1.1.6 christos #include "opcode/arc-attrs.h"
32 1.1 skrll #include "elf/arc.h"
33 1.1.1.5 christos #include "../opcodes/arc-ext.h"
34 1.1 skrll
35 1.1.1.3 christos /* Defines section. */
36 1.1 skrll
37 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAX_INSN_FIXUPS 2
38 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAX_CONSTR_STR 20
39 1.1.1.5 christos #define FRAG_MAX_GROWTH 8
40 1.1.1.3 christos
41 1.1.1.3 christos #ifdef DEBUG
42 1.1.1.3 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...) fprintf (stderr, fmt, ##args)
43 1.1.1.3 christos #else
44 1.1.1.3 christos # define pr_debug(fmt, args...)
45 1.1.1.3 christos #endif
46 1.1.1.3 christos
47 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAJOR_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0xF8000000) >> 27)
48 1.1.1.3 christos #define SUB_OPCODE(x) (((x) & 0x003F0000) >> 16)
49 1.1.1.6 christos #define LP_INSN(x) ((MAJOR_OPCODE (x) == 0x4) \
50 1.1.1.6 christos && (SUB_OPCODE (x) == 0x28))
51 1.1.1.3 christos
52 1.1.1.3 christos /* Equal to MAX_PRECISION in atof-ieee.c. */
53 1.1.1.3 christos #define MAX_LITTLENUMS 6
54 1.1.1.3 christos
55 1.1.1.5 christos #ifndef TARGET_WITH_CPU
56 1.1.1.5 christos #define TARGET_WITH_CPU "arc700"
57 1.1.1.5 christos #endif /* TARGET_WITH_CPU */
58 1.1.1.5 christos
59 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_GET_FLAG(s) (*symbol_get_tc (s))
60 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_SET_FLAG(s,v) (*symbol_get_tc (s) |= (v))
61 1.1.1.6 christos #define streq(a, b) (strcmp (a, b) == 0)
62 1.1.1.6 christos
63 1.1.1.5 christos /* Enum used to enumerate the relaxable ins operands. */
64 1.1.1.5 christos enum rlx_operand_type
65 1.1.1.5 christos {
66 1.1.1.5 christos EMPTY = 0,
67 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER,
68 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_S, /* Register for short instruction(s). */
69 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_NO_GP, /* Is a register but not gp register specifically. */
70 1.1.1.5 christos REGISTER_DUP, /* Duplication of previous operand of type register. */
71 1.1.1.5 christos IMMEDIATE,
72 1.1.1.5 christos BRACKET
73 1.1.1.5 christos };
74 1.1.1.5 christos
75 1.1.1.5 christos enum arc_rlx_types
76 1.1.1.5 christos {
77 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_NONE = 0,
78 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_BL_S,
79 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_BL,
80 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_B_S,
81 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_B,
82 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3,
83 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6,
84 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM,
85 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_U7,
86 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_S9,
87 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM,
88 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_U8,
89 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_S12,
90 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM,
91 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3,
92 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6,
93 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM,
94 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6,
95 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM,
96 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6,
97 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM,
98 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6,
99 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM,
100 1.1.1.5 christos };
101 1.1.1.5 christos
102 1.1.1.3 christos /* Macros section. */
103 1.1.1.3 christos
104 1.1.1.3 christos #define regno(x) ((x) & 0x3F)
105 1.1.1.3 christos #define is_ir_num(x) (((x) & ~0x3F) == 0)
106 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_code_density_p(sc) (((sc) == CD1 || (sc) == CD2))
107 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_spfp_p(op) (((sc) == SPX))
108 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_dpfp_p(op) (((sc) == DPX))
109 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_fpuda_p(op) (((sc) == DPA))
110 1.1.1.6 christos #define is_br_jmp_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == BRANCH \
111 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == JUMP \
112 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BRCC \
113 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT0 \
114 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BBIT1 \
115 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == BI \
116 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == EI \
117 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == ENTER \
118 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == JLI \
119 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == LOOP \
120 1.1.1.6 christos || (op)->insn_class == LEAVE \
121 1.1.1.6 christos ))
122 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_kernel_insn_p(op) (((op)->insn_class == KERNEL))
123 1.1.1.5 christos #define is_nps400_p(op) (((sc) == NPS400))
124 1.1 skrll
125 1.1.1.3 christos /* Generic assembler global variables which must be defined by all
126 1.1.1.3 christos targets. */
127 1.1 skrll
128 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which always start a comment. */
129 1.1 skrll const char comment_chars[] = "#;";
130 1.1 skrll
131 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which start a comment at the beginning of a line. */
132 1.1 skrll const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
133 1.1 skrll
134 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which may be used to separate multiple commands on a
135 1.1.1.3 christos single line. */
136 1.1.1.3 christos const char line_separator_chars[] = "`";
137 1.1 skrll
138 1.1.1.3 christos /* Characters which are used to indicate an exponent in a floating
139 1.1.1.3 christos point number. */
140 1.1 skrll const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
141 1.1 skrll
142 1.1 skrll /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant
143 1.1 skrll As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12. */
144 1.1 skrll const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdD";
145 1.1 skrll
146 1.1 skrll /* Byte order. */
147 1.1 skrll extern int target_big_endian;
148 1.1 skrll const char *arc_target_format = DEFAULT_TARGET_FORMAT;
149 1.1 skrll static int byte_order = DEFAULT_BYTE_ORDER;
150 1.1 skrll
151 1.1.1.5 christos /* Arc extension section. */
152 1.1.1.5 christos static segT arcext_section;
153 1.1.1.5 christos
154 1.1.1.5 christos /* By default relaxation is disabled. */
155 1.1.1.5 christos static int relaxation_state = 0;
156 1.1.1.5 christos
157 1.1.1.3 christos extern int arc_get_mach (char *);
158 1.1 skrll
159 1.1.1.5 christos /* Forward declarations. */
160 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_lcomm (int);
161 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_option (int);
162 1.1.1.3 christos static void arc_extra_reloc (int);
163 1.1.1.5 christos static void arc_extinsn (int);
164 1.1.1.5 christos static void arc_extcorereg (int);
165 1.1.1.6 christos static void arc_attribute (int);
166 1.1 skrll
167 1.1.1.3 christos const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
168 1.1.1.3 christos {
169 1.1.1.3 christos /* Make sure that .word is 32 bits. */
170 1.1.1.3 christos { "word", cons, 4 },
171 1.1 skrll
172 1.1.1.3 christos { "align", s_align_bytes, 0 }, /* Defaulting is invalid (0). */
173 1.1.1.3 christos { "lcomm", arc_lcomm, 0 },
174 1.1.1.3 christos { "lcommon", arc_lcomm, 0 },
175 1.1.1.3 christos { "cpu", arc_option, 0 },
176 1.1.1.3 christos
177 1.1.1.6 christos { "arc_attribute", arc_attribute, 0 },
178 1.1.1.5 christos { "extinstruction", arc_extinsn, 0 },
179 1.1.1.5 christos { "extcoreregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_CORE_REGISTER },
180 1.1.1.5 christos { "extauxregister", arc_extcorereg, EXT_AUX_REGISTER },
181 1.1.1.5 christos { "extcondcode", arc_extcorereg, EXT_COND_CODE },
182 1.1.1.5 christos
183 1.1.1.3 christos { "tls_gd_ld", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD },
184 1.1.1.3 christos { "tls_gd_call", arc_extra_reloc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL },
185 1.1.1.3 christos
186 1.1.1.3 christos { NULL, NULL, 0 }
187 1.1.1.3 christos };
188 1.1 skrll
189 1.1 skrll const char *md_shortopts = "";
190 1.1 skrll
191 1.1 skrll enum options
192 1.1 skrll {
193 1.1 skrll OPTION_EB = OPTION_MD_BASE,
194 1.1 skrll OPTION_EL,
195 1.1.1.3 christos
196 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC600,
197 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC601,
198 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARC700,
199 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARCEM,
200 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_ARCHS,
201 1.1.1.3 christos
202 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MCPU,
203 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_CD,
204 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_RELAX,
205 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_NPS400,
206 1.1.1.5 christos
207 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_SPFP,
208 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_DPFP,
209 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_FPUDA,
210 1.1.1.3 christos
211 1.1.1.3 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
212 1.1.1.3 christos compatibility reasons. */
213 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_USER_MODE,
214 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK,
215 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SWAP,
216 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_NORM,
217 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT,
218 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MIN_MAX,
219 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_NO_MPY,
220 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_EA,
221 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_MUL64,
222 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SIMD,
223 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XMAC_D16,
224 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XMAC_24,
225 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_DSP_PACKA,
226 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_CRC,
227 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_DVBF,
228 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_TELEPHONY,
229 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_XYMEMORY,
230 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_LOCK,
231 1.1.1.3 christos OPTION_SWAPE,
232 1.1.1.5 christos OPTION_RTSC
233 1.1 skrll };
234 1.1 skrll
235 1.1 skrll struct option md_longopts[] =
236 1.1 skrll {
237 1.1.1.3 christos { "EB", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EB },
238 1.1.1.3 christos { "EL", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EL },
239 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcpu", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_MCPU },
240 1.1.1.3 christos { "mA6", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
241 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC600", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC600 },
242 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC601", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC601 },
243 1.1.1.5 christos { "mARC700", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
244 1.1.1.3 christos { "mA7", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARC700 },
245 1.1.1.3 christos { "mEM", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
246 1.1.1.3 christos { "mHS", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
247 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcode-density", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CD },
248 1.1.1.5 christos { "mrelax", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RELAX },
249 1.1.1.5 christos { "mnps400", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NPS400 },
250 1.1.1.5 christos
251 1.1.1.5 christos /* Floating point options */
252 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
253 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
254 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
255 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
256 1.1.1.5 christos { "mspfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SPFP},
257 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
258 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp-compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
259 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp_compact", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
260 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp-fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
261 1.1.1.5 christos { "mdpfp_fast", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DPFP},
262 1.1.1.5 christos { "mfpuda", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_FPUDA},
263 1.1.1.3 christos
264 1.1.1.3 christos /* The following options are deprecated and provided here only for
265 1.1.1.3 christos compatibility reasons. */
266 1.1.1.3 christos { "mav2em", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCEM },
267 1.1.1.3 christos { "mav2hs", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_ARCHS },
268 1.1.1.3 christos { "muser-mode-only", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_USER_MODE },
269 1.1.1.3 christos { "mld-extension-reg-mask", required_argument, NULL, OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK },
270 1.1.1.3 christos { "mswap", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAP },
271 1.1.1.3 christos { "mnorm", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NORM },
272 1.1.1.3 christos { "mbarrel-shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
273 1.1.1.3 christos { "mbarrel_shifter", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT },
274 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmin-max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
275 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmin_max", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MIN_MAX },
276 1.1.1.3 christos { "mno-mpy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_NO_MPY },
277 1.1.1.3 christos { "mea", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
278 1.1.1.3 christos { "mEA", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_EA },
279 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmul64", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_MUL64 },
280 1.1.1.3 christos { "msimd", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SIMD},
281 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac-d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
282 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac_d16", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_D16},
283 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac-24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
284 1.1.1.3 christos { "mmac_24", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XMAC_24},
285 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdsp-packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
286 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdsp_packa", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DSP_PACKA},
287 1.1.1.3 christos { "mcrc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_CRC},
288 1.1.1.3 christos { "mdvbf", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_DVBF},
289 1.1.1.3 christos { "mtelephony", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_TELEPHONY},
290 1.1.1.3 christos { "mxy", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_XYMEMORY},
291 1.1.1.3 christos { "mlock", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_LOCK},
292 1.1.1.3 christos { "mswape", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_SWAPE},
293 1.1.1.3 christos { "mrtsc", no_argument, NULL, OPTION_RTSC},
294 1.1.1.3 christos
295 1.1.1.3 christos { NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0 }
296 1.1 skrll };
297 1.1.1.3 christos
298 1.1 skrll size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
299 1.1 skrll
300 1.1.1.3 christos /* Local data and data types. */
301 1.1.1.3 christos
302 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used since new relocation types are introduced in this
303 1.1.1.3 christos file (DUMMY_RELOC_LITUSE_*). */
304 1.1.1.3 christos typedef int extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type;
305 1.1.1.3 christos
306 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup
307 1.1.1.3 christos {
308 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS exp;
309 1.1 skrll
310 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
311 1.1 skrll
312 1.1.1.3 christos /* index into arc_operands. */
313 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int opindex;
314 1.1 skrll
315 1.1.1.3 christos /* PC-relative, used by internals fixups. */
316 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char pcrel;
317 1.1.1.3 christos
318 1.1.1.3 christos /* TRUE if this fixup is for LIMM operand. */
319 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean islong;
320 1.1.1.3 christos };
321 1.1.1.3 christos
322 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn
323 1.1 skrll {
324 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned long long int insn;
325 1.1.1.3 christos int nfixups;
326 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup fixups[MAX_INSN_FIXUPS];
327 1.1.1.3 christos long limm;
328 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int len; /* Length of instruction in bytes. */
329 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean has_limm; /* Boolean value: TRUE if limm field is
330 1.1.1.3 christos valid. */
331 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean relax; /* Boolean value: TRUE if needs
332 1.1.1.5 christos relaxation. */
333 1.1.1.3 christos };
334 1.1 skrll
335 1.1.1.3 christos /* Structure to hold any last two instructions. */
336 1.1.1.3 christos static struct arc_last_insn
337 1.1 skrll {
338 1.1.1.3 christos /* Saved instruction opcode. */
339 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
340 1.1 skrll
341 1.1.1.3 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn is short. */
342 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean has_limm;
343 1.1 skrll
344 1.1.1.3 christos /* Boolean value: TRUE if current insn has delay slot. */
345 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean has_delay_slot;
346 1.1.1.3 christos } arc_last_insns[2];
347 1.1.1.3 christos
348 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction suffix classes. */
349 1.1.1.5 christos typedef struct
350 1.1.1.5 christos {
351 1.1.1.5 christos const char *name;
352 1.1.1.5 christos int len;
353 1.1.1.5 christos int attr_class;
354 1.1.1.5 christos } attributes_t;
355 1.1.1.5 christos
356 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t suffixclass[] =
357 1.1.1.5 christos {
358 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_FLAG", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_FLAG },
359 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_COND", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_COND },
360 1.1.1.5 christos { "SUFFIX_NONE", 11, ARC_SUFFIX_NONE }
361 1.1.1.5 christos };
362 1.1.1.5 christos
363 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes. */
364 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclass[] =
365 1.1.1.5 christos {
366 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_3OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_3OP },
367 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_2OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_2OP },
368 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_1OP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_1OP },
369 1.1.1.5 christos { "SYNTAX_NOP", 10, ARC_SYNTAX_NOP }
370 1.1.1.5 christos };
371 1.1.1.5 christos
372 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension instruction syntax classes modifiers. */
373 1.1.1.5 christos static const attributes_t syntaxclassmod[] =
374 1.1.1.5 christos {
375 1.1.1.5 christos { "OP1_IMM_IMPLIED" , 15, ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED },
376 1.1.1.5 christos { "OP1_MUST_BE_IMM" , 15, ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM }
377 1.1.1.5 christos };
378 1.1.1.5 christos
379 1.1.1.5 christos /* Extension register type. */
380 1.1.1.5 christos typedef struct
381 1.1.1.5 christos {
382 1.1.1.5 christos char *name;
383 1.1.1.5 christos int number;
384 1.1.1.5 christos int imode;
385 1.1.1.5 christos } extRegister_t;
386 1.1.1.5 christos
387 1.1.1.5 christos /* A structure to hold the additional conditional codes. */
388 1.1.1.5 christos static struct
389 1.1.1.5 christos {
390 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *arc_ext_condcode;
391 1.1.1.5 christos int size;
392 1.1.1.5 christos } ext_condcode = { NULL, 0 };
393 1.1.1.5 christos
394 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure to hold an entry in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
395 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry
396 1.1.1.5 christos {
397 1.1.1.5 christos /* The number of pointers in the OPCODE list. */
398 1.1.1.5 christos size_t count;
399 1.1.1.5 christos
400 1.1.1.5 christos /* Points to a list of opcode pointers. */
401 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode **opcode;
402 1.1.1.5 christos };
403 1.1.1.5 christos
404 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure used for iterating through an arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
405 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator
406 1.1.1.5 christos {
407 1.1.1.5 christos /* Index into the OPCODE element of the arc_opcode_hash_entry. */
408 1.1.1.5 christos size_t index;
409 1.1.1.5 christos
410 1.1.1.5 christos /* The specific ARC_OPCODE from the ARC_OPCODES table that was last
411 1.1.1.5 christos returned by this iterator. */
412 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
413 1.1.1.5 christos };
414 1.1.1.5 christos
415 1.1.1.5 christos /* Forward declaration. */
416 1.1.1.5 christos static void assemble_insn
417 1.1.1.5 christos (const struct arc_opcode *, const expressionS *, int,
418 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *, int, struct arc_insn *);
419 1.1.1.5 christos
420 1.1.1.6 christos /* The selection of the machine type can come from different sources. This
421 1.1.1.6 christos enum is used to track how the selection was made in order to perform
422 1.1.1.6 christos error checks. */
423 1.1.1.6 christos enum mach_selection_type
424 1.1.1.6 christos {
425 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_NONE,
426 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT,
427 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE,
428 1.1.1.6 christos MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
429 1.1.1.6 christos };
430 1.1 skrll
431 1.1.1.6 christos /* How the current machine type was selected. */
432 1.1.1.6 christos static enum mach_selection_type mach_selection_mode = MACH_SELECTION_NONE;
433 1.1 skrll
434 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hash table of instruction opcodes. */
435 1.1.1.3 christos static struct hash_control *arc_opcode_hash;
436 1.1 skrll
437 1.1.1.3 christos /* The hash table of register symbols. */
438 1.1.1.3 christos static struct hash_control *arc_reg_hash;
439 1.1.1.3 christos
440 1.1.1.5 christos /* The hash table of aux register symbols. */
441 1.1.1.5 christos static struct hash_control *arc_aux_hash;
442 1.1.1.5 christos
443 1.1.1.6 christos /* The hash table of address types. */
444 1.1.1.6 christos static struct hash_control *arc_addrtype_hash;
445 1.1.1.6 christos
446 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A6xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
447 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC600, bfd_mach_arc_arc600, \
448 1.1.1.6 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC600, EXTRA}
449 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_A7xx(NAME,EXTRA) \
450 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARC700, bfd_mach_arc_arc700, \
451 1.1.1.6 christos E_ARC_MACH_ARC700, EXTRA}
452 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2EM(NAME,EXTRA) \
453 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
454 1.1.1.6 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM, EXTRA}
455 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_AV2HS(NAME,EXTRA) \
456 1.1.1.6 christos { #NAME, ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS, bfd_mach_arc_arcv2, \
457 1.1.1.6 christos EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS, EXTRA}
458 1.1.1.6 christos #define ARC_CPU_TYPE_NONE \
459 1.1.1.6 christos { 0, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
460 1.1.1.6 christos
461 1.1.1.3 christos /* A table of CPU names and opcode sets. */
462 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct cpu_type
463 1.1 skrll {
464 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name;
465 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned flags;
466 1.1.1.3 christos int mach;
467 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned eflags;
468 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned features;
469 1.1.1.3 christos }
470 1.1.1.3 christos cpu_types[] =
471 1.1.1.3 christos {
472 1.1.1.6 christos #include "elf/arc-cpu.def"
473 1.1.1.3 christos };
474 1.1 skrll
475 1.1.1.6 christos /* Information about the cpu/variant we're assembling for. */
476 1.1.1.6 christos static struct cpu_type selected_cpu = { 0, 0, 0, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT, 0 };
477 1.1.1.6 christos
478 1.1.1.6 christos /* MPY option. */
479 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned mpy_option = 0;
480 1.1.1.6 christos
481 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use PIC. */
482 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned pic_option = 0;
483 1.1.1.6 christos
484 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use small data. */
485 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned sda_option = 0;
486 1.1.1.6 christos
487 1.1.1.6 christos /* Use TLS. */
488 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned tls_option = 0;
489 1.1.1.6 christos
490 1.1.1.6 christos /* Command line given features. */
491 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned cl_features = 0;
492 1.1.1.6 christos
493 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used by the arc_reloc_op table. Order is important. */
494 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_gotoff O_md1 /* @gotoff relocation. */
495 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_gotpc O_md2 /* @gotpc relocation. */
496 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_plt O_md3 /* @plt relocation. */
497 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_sda O_md4 /* @sda relocation. */
498 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_pcl O_md5 /* @pcl relocation. */
499 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tlsgd O_md6 /* @tlsgd relocation. */
500 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tlsie O_md7 /* @tlsie relocation. */
501 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tpoff9 O_md8 /* @tpoff9 relocation. */
502 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_tpoff O_md9 /* @tpoff relocation. */
503 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_dtpoff9 O_md10 /* @dtpoff9 relocation. */
504 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_dtpoff O_md11 /* @dtpoff relocation. */
505 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_last O_dtpoff
506 1.1.1.3 christos
507 1.1.1.3 christos /* Used to define a bracket as operand in tokens. */
508 1.1.1.3 christos #define O_bracket O_md32
509 1.1.1.3 christos
510 1.1.1.6 christos /* Used to define a colon as an operand in tokens. */
511 1.1.1.6 christos #define O_colon O_md31
512 1.1.1.6 christos
513 1.1.1.6 christos /* Used to define address types in nps400. */
514 1.1.1.6 christos #define O_addrtype O_md30
515 1.1.1.6 christos
516 1.1.1.3 christos /* Dummy relocation, to be sorted out. */
517 1.1.1.3 christos #define DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY (BFD_RELOC_UNUSED + 1)
518 1.1.1.3 christos
519 1.1.1.3 christos #define USER_RELOC_P(R) ((R) >= O_gotoff && (R) <= O_last)
520 1.1.1.3 christos
521 1.1.1.3 christos /* A table to map the spelling of a relocation operand into an appropriate
522 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type type. The table is assumed to be ordered such
523 1.1.1.3 christos that op-O_literal indexes into it. */
524 1.1.1.3 christos #define ARC_RELOC_TABLE(op) \
525 1.1.1.3 christos (&arc_reloc_op[ ((!USER_RELOC_P (op)) \
526 1.1.1.3 christos ? (abort (), 0) \
527 1.1.1.3 christos : (int) (op) - (int) O_gotoff) ])
528 1.1.1.3 christos
529 1.1.1.3 christos #define DEF(NAME, RELOC, REQ) \
530 1.1.1.3 christos { #NAME, sizeof (#NAME)-1, O_##NAME, RELOC, REQ}
531 1.1.1.3 christos
532 1.1.1.3 christos static const struct arc_reloc_op_tag
533 1.1.1.3 christos {
534 1.1.1.3 christos /* String to lookup. */
535 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name;
536 1.1.1.3 christos /* Size of the string. */
537 1.1.1.3 christos size_t length;
538 1.1.1.3 christos /* Which operator to use. */
539 1.1.1.3 christos operatorT op;
540 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
541 1.1.1.3 christos /* Allows complex relocation expression like identifier@reloc +
542 1.1.1.3 christos const. */
543 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int complex_expr : 1;
544 1.1.1.3 christos }
545 1.1.1.3 christos arc_reloc_op[] =
546 1.1.1.3 christos {
547 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (gotoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF, 1),
548 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (gotpc, BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32, 0),
549 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (plt, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32, 0),
550 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (sda, DUMMY_RELOC_ARC_ENTRY, 1),
551 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (pcl, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32, 1),
552 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tlsgd, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT, 0),
553 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tlsie, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT, 0),
554 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (tpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9, 0),
555 1.1.1.5 christos DEF (tpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32, 1),
556 1.1.1.3 christos DEF (dtpoff9, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9, 0),
557 1.1.1.6 christos DEF (dtpoff, BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF, 1),
558 1.1.1.3 christos };
559 1.1 skrll
560 1.1.1.3 christos static const int arc_num_reloc_op
561 1.1.1.3 christos = sizeof (arc_reloc_op) / sizeof (*arc_reloc_op);
562 1.1.1.3 christos
563 1.1.1.5 christos /* Structure for relaxable instruction that have to be swapped with a
564 1.1.1.5 christos smaller alternative instruction. */
565 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relaxable_ins
566 1.1.1.5 christos {
567 1.1.1.5 christos /* Mnemonic that should be checked. */
568 1.1.1.5 christos const char *mnemonic_r;
569 1.1.1.5 christos
570 1.1.1.5 christos /* Operands that should be checked.
571 1.1.1.5 christos Indexes of operands from operand array. */
572 1.1.1.5 christos enum rlx_operand_type operands[6];
573 1.1.1.5 christos
574 1.1.1.5 christos /* Flags that should be checked. */
575 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_classes[5];
576 1.1.1.5 christos
577 1.1.1.5 christos /* Mnemonic (smaller) alternative to be used later for relaxation. */
578 1.1.1.5 christos const char *mnemonic_alt;
579 1.1.1.5 christos
580 1.1.1.5 christos /* Index of operand that generic relaxation has to check. */
581 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned opcheckidx;
582 1.1.1.5 christos
583 1.1.1.5 christos /* Base subtype index used. */
584 1.1.1.5 christos enum arc_rlx_types subtype;
585 1.1.1.5 christos };
586 1.1.1.5 christos
587 1.1.1.5 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY(BITS, ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
588 1.1.1.5 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? ((1 << ((BITS) - 1)) - 1) : ((1 << (BITS)) - 1), \
589 1.1.1.5 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(1 << ((BITS) - 1)) : 0, \
590 1.1.1.5 christos (SIZE), \
591 1.1.1.5 christos (NEXT) } \
592 1.1.1.5 christos
593 1.1.1.5 christos #define RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX(ISSIGNED, SIZE, NEXT) \
594 1.1.1.5 christos { (ISSIGNED) ? 0x7FFFFFFF : 0xFFFFFFFF, \
595 1.1.1.5 christos (ISSIGNED) ? -(0x7FFFFFFF) : 0, \
596 1.1.1.5 christos (SIZE), \
597 1.1.1.5 christos (NEXT) } \
598 1.1.1.5 christos
599 1.1.1.5 christos
600 1.1.1.5 christos /* ARC relaxation table. */
601 1.1.1.5 christos const relax_typeS md_relax_table[] =
602 1.1.1.5 christos {
603 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fake entry. */
604 1.1.1.5 christos {0, 0, 0, 0},
605 1.1.1.5 christos
606 1.1.1.5 christos /* BL_S s13 ->
607 1.1.1.5 christos BL s25. */
608 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (13, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_BL),
609 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
610 1.1.1.5 christos
611 1.1.1.5 christos /* B_S s10 ->
612 1.1.1.5 christos B s25. */
613 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (10, 1, 2, ARC_RLX_B),
614 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (25, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_NONE),
615 1.1.1.5 christos
616 1.1.1.5 christos /* ADD_S c,b, u3 ->
617 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f> a,b,u6 ->
618 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f> a,b,limm. */
619 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_U6),
620 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_LIMM),
621 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
622 1.1.1.5 christos
623 1.1.1.5 christos /* LD_S a, [b, u7] ->
624 1.1.1.5 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, s9] ->
625 1.1.1.5 christos LD<zz><.x><.aa><.di> a, [b, limm] */
626 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (7, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_LD_S9),
627 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (9, 1, 4, ARC_RLX_LD_LIMM),
628 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (1, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
629 1.1.1.5 christos
630 1.1.1.5 christos /* MOV_S b, u8 ->
631 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f> b, s12 ->
632 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f> b, limm. */
633 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12),
634 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (8, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_LIMM),
635 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
636 1.1.1.5 christos
637 1.1.1.5 christos /* SUB_S c, b, u3 ->
638 1.1.1.5 christos SUB<.f> a, b, u6 ->
639 1.1.1.5 christos SUB<.f> a, b, limm. */
640 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (3, 0, 2, ARC_RLX_SUB_U6),
641 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_SUB_LIMM),
642 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
643 1.1.1.5 christos
644 1.1.1.5 christos /* MPY<.f> a, b, u6 ->
645 1.1.1.5 christos MPY<.f> a, b, limm. */
646 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MPY_LIMM),
647 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
648 1.1.1.5 christos
649 1.1.1.5 christos /* MOV<.f><.cc> b, u6 ->
650 1.1.1.5 christos MOV<.f><.cc> b, limm. */
651 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_MOV_RLIMM),
652 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
653 1.1.1.5 christos
654 1.1.1.5 christos /* ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, u6 ->
655 1.1.1.5 christos ADD<.f><.cc> b, b, limm. */
656 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY (6, 0, 4, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRLIMM),
657 1.1.1.6 christos RELAX_TABLE_ENTRY_MAX (0, 8, ARC_RLX_NONE),
658 1.1.1.5 christos };
659 1.1.1.5 christos
660 1.1.1.5 christos /* Order of this table's entries matters! */
661 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins arc_relaxable_insns[] =
662 1.1.1.5 christos {
663 1.1.1.5 christos { "bl", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "bl_s", 0, ARC_RLX_BL_S },
664 1.1.1.5 christos { "b", { IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "b_s", 0, ARC_RLX_B_S },
665 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER_DUP, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 }, "add",
666 1.1.1.5 christos 2, ARC_RLX_ADD_RRU6},
667 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "add_s", 2,
668 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U3 },
669 1.1.1.5 christos { "add", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "add", 2,
670 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_ADD_U6 },
671 1.1.1.5 christos { "ld", { REGISTER_S, BRACKET, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
672 1.1.1.5 christos { 0 }, "ld_s", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_U7 },
673 1.1.1.5 christos { "ld", { REGISTER, BRACKET, REGISTER_NO_GP, IMMEDIATE, BRACKET },
674 1.1.1.5 christos { 11, 4, 14, 17, 0 }, "ld", 3, ARC_RLX_LD_S9 },
675 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "mov_s", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_U8 },
676 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_S12 },
677 1.1.1.5 christos { "mov", { REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 1, 0 },"mov", 1, ARC_RLX_MOV_RU6 },
678 1.1.1.5 christos { "sub", { REGISTER_S, REGISTER_S, IMMEDIATE }, { 0 }, "sub_s", 2,
679 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U3 },
680 1.1.1.5 christos { "sub", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "sub", 2,
681 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_SUB_U6 },
682 1.1.1.5 christos { "mpy", { REGISTER, REGISTER, IMMEDIATE }, { 5, 0 }, "mpy", 2,
683 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_RLX_MPY_U6 },
684 1.1.1.5 christos };
685 1.1.1.5 christos
686 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned arc_num_relaxable_ins = ARRAY_SIZE (arc_relaxable_insns);
687 1.1.1.5 christos
688 1.1.1.3 christos /* Pre-defined "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_". */
689 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS * GOT_symbol = 0;
690 1.1 skrll
691 1.1.1.3 christos /* Set to TRUE when we assemble instructions. */
692 1.1.1.3 christos static bfd_boolean assembling_insn = FALSE;
693 1.1.1.3 christos
694 1.1.1.6 christos /* List with attributes set explicitly. */
695 1.1.1.6 christos static bfd_boolean attributes_set_explicitly[NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES];
696 1.1.1.6 christos
697 1.1.1.5 christos /* Functions implementation. */
698 1.1.1.3 christos
699 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return a pointer to ARC_OPCODE_HASH_ENTRY that identifies all
700 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_OPCODE entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH that match NAME, or NULL if there
701 1.1.1.5 christos are no matching entries in ARC_OPCODE_HASH. */
702 1.1.1.5 christos
703 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
704 1.1.1.5 christos arc_find_opcode (const char *name)
705 1.1.1.5 christos {
706 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
707 1.1.1.5 christos
708 1.1.1.5 christos entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
709 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
710 1.1.1.5 christos }
711 1.1.1.5 christos
712 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialise the iterator ITER. */
713 1.1.1.5 christos
714 1.1.1.5 christos static void
715 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
716 1.1.1.5 christos {
717 1.1.1.5 christos iter->index = 0;
718 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
719 1.1.1.5 christos }
720 1.1.1.5 christos
721 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return the next ARC_OPCODE from ENTRY, using ITER to hold state between
722 1.1.1.5 christos calls to this function. Return NULL when all ARC_OPCODE entries have
723 1.1.1.5 christos been returned. */
724 1.1.1.5 christos
725 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
726 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
727 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator *iter)
728 1.1.1.5 christos {
729 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->opcode == NULL && iter->index == 0)
730 1.1.1.5 christos {
731 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (entry->count > 0);
732 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
733 1.1.1.5 christos }
734 1.1.1.5 christos else if (iter->opcode != NULL)
735 1.1.1.5 christos {
736 1.1.1.5 christos const char *old_name = iter->opcode->name;
737 1.1.1.5 christos
738 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode++;
739 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->opcode->name == NULL
740 1.1.1.5 christos || strcmp (old_name, iter->opcode->name) != 0)
741 1.1.1.5 christos {
742 1.1.1.5 christos iter->index++;
743 1.1.1.5 christos if (iter->index == entry->count)
744 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = NULL;
745 1.1.1.5 christos else
746 1.1.1.5 christos iter->opcode = entry->opcode[iter->index];
747 1.1.1.5 christos }
748 1.1.1.5 christos }
749 1.1.1.5 christos
750 1.1.1.5 christos return iter->opcode;
751 1.1.1.5 christos }
752 1.1.1.5 christos
753 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert an opcode into opcode hash structure. */
754 1.1.1.5 christos
755 1.1.1.5 christos static void
756 1.1.1.5 christos arc_insert_opcode (const struct arc_opcode *opcode)
757 1.1.1.5 christos {
758 1.1.1.5 christos const char *name, *retval;
759 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
760 1.1.1.5 christos name = opcode->name;
761 1.1.1.5 christos
762 1.1.1.5 christos entry = hash_find (arc_opcode_hash, name);
763 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
764 1.1.1.5 christos {
765 1.1.1.5 christos entry = XNEW (struct arc_opcode_hash_entry);
766 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count = 0;
767 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode = NULL;
768 1.1.1.5 christos
769 1.1.1.5 christos retval = hash_insert (arc_opcode_hash, name, (void *) entry);
770 1.1.1.5 christos if (retval)
771 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash opcode '%s': %s"),
772 1.1.1.5 christos name, retval);
773 1.1.1.5 christos }
774 1.1.1.5 christos
775 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode = XRESIZEVEC (const struct arc_opcode *, entry->opcode,
776 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count + 1);
777 1.1.1.5 christos
778 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry->opcode == NULL)
779 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
780 1.1.1.5 christos
781 1.1.1.5 christos entry->opcode[entry->count] = opcode;
782 1.1.1.5 christos entry->count++;
783 1.1.1.5 christos }
784 1.1.1.3 christos
785 1.1.1.3 christos
786 1.1.1.6 christos /* Like md_number_to_chars but for middle-endian values. The 4-byte limm
787 1.1.1.6 christos value, is encoded as 'middle-endian' for a little-endian target. This
788 1.1.1.6 christos function is used for regular 4, 6, and 8 byte instructions as well. */
789 1.1 skrll
790 1.1.1.3 christos static void
791 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (char *buf, unsigned long long val, int n)
792 1.1.1.3 christos {
793 1.1.1.6 christos switch (n)
794 1.1 skrll {
795 1.1.1.6 christos case 2:
796 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, val, n);
797 1.1.1.6 christos break;
798 1.1.1.6 christos case 6:
799 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff00000000) >> 32, 2);
800 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 2, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
801 1.1.1.6 christos break;
802 1.1.1.6 christos case 4:
803 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (buf, (val & 0xffff0000) >> 16, 2);
804 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (buf + 2, (val & 0xffff), 2);
805 1.1.1.6 christos break;
806 1.1.1.6 christos case 8:
807 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf, (val & 0xffffffff00000000) >> 32, 4);
808 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (buf + 4, (val & 0xffffffff), 4);
809 1.1.1.6 christos break;
810 1.1.1.6 christos default:
811 1.1.1.6 christos abort ();
812 1.1.1.3 christos }
813 1.1.1.6 christos }
814 1.1.1.6 christos
815 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if a feature is allowed for a specific CPU. */
816 1.1.1.6 christos
817 1.1.1.6 christos static void
818 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature (void)
819 1.1.1.6 christos {
820 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned i;
821 1.1.1.6 christos
822 1.1.1.6 christos if (!selected_cpu.features
823 1.1.1.6 christos || !selected_cpu.name)
824 1.1.1.6 christos return;
825 1.1.1.6 christos
826 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
827 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
828 1.1.1.6 christos && !(selected_cpu.flags & feature_list[i].cpus))
829 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("invalid %s option for %s cpu"), feature_list[i].name,
830 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name);
831 1.1.1.6 christos
832 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (conflict_list); i++)
833 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.features & conflict_list[i]) == conflict_list[i])
834 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad(_("conflicting ISA extension attributes."));
835 1.1.1.3 christos }
836 1.1 skrll
837 1.1.1.5 christos /* Select an appropriate entry from CPU_TYPES based on ARG and initialise
838 1.1.1.6 christos the relevant static global variables. Parameter SEL describes where
839 1.1.1.6 christos this selection originated from. */
840 1.1.1.5 christos
841 1.1.1.5 christos static void
842 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (const char *arg, enum mach_selection_type sel)
843 1.1.1.5 christos {
844 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
845 1.1.1.5 christos
846 1.1.1.6 christos /* We should only set a default if we've not made a selection from some
847 1.1.1.6 christos other source. */
848 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (sel != MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT
849 1.1.1.6 christos || mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE);
850 1.1.1.6 christos
851 1.1.1.6 christos if ((mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE)
852 1.1.1.6 christos && (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE))
853 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Multiple .cpu directives found"));
854 1.1.1.6 christos
855 1.1.1.6 christos /* Look for a matching entry in CPU_TYPES array. */
856 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name; ++i)
857 1.1.1.5 christos {
858 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcasecmp (cpu_types[i].name, arg))
859 1.1.1.5 christos {
860 1.1.1.6 christos /* If a previous selection was made on the command line, then we
861 1.1.1.6 christos allow later selections on the command line to override earlier
862 1.1.1.6 christos ones. However, a selection from a '.cpu NAME' directive must
863 1.1.1.6 christos match the command line selection, or we give a warning. */
864 1.1.1.6 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE)
865 1.1.1.6 christos {
866 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE
867 1.1.1.6 christos || sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
868 1.1.1.6 christos if (sel == MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE
869 1.1.1.6 christos && selected_cpu.mach != cpu_types[i].mach)
870 1.1.1.6 christos {
871 1.1.1.6 christos as_warn (_("Command-line value overrides \".cpu\" directive"));
872 1.1.1.6 christos }
873 1.1.1.6 christos return;
874 1.1.1.6 christos }
875 1.1.1.6 christos
876 1.1.1.6 christos /* Initialise static global data about selected machine type. */
877 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.flags = cpu_types[i].flags;
878 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name = cpu_types[i].name;
879 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features = cpu_types[i].features | cl_features;
880 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.mach = cpu_types[i].mach;
881 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
882 1.1.1.6 christos | cpu_types[i].eflags);
883 1.1.1.5 christos break;
884 1.1.1.5 christos }
885 1.1.1.5 christos }
886 1.1.1.5 christos
887 1.1.1.5 christos if (!cpu_types[i].name)
888 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("unknown architecture: %s\n"), arg);
889 1.1.1.6 christos
890 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if set features are compatible with the chosen CPU. */
891 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
892 1.1.1.6 christos
893 1.1.1.6 christos mach_selection_mode = sel;
894 1.1.1.5 christos }
895 1.1.1.5 christos
896 1.1.1.3 christos /* Here ends all the ARCompact extension instruction assembling
897 1.1.1.3 christos stuff. */
898 1.1 skrll
899 1.1.1.3 christos static void
900 1.1.1.3 christos arc_extra_reloc (int r_type)
901 1.1.1.3 christos {
902 1.1.1.3 christos char *sym_name, c;
903 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *sym, *lab = NULL;
904 1.1 skrll
905 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
906 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
907 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
908 1.1.1.3 christos sym = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
909 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
910 1.1.1.3 christos if (c == ',' && r_type == BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
911 1.1.1.3 christos {
912 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
913 1.1.1.3 christos char *lab_name;
914 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&lab_name);
915 1.1.1.3 christos lab = symbol_find_or_make (lab_name);
916 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
917 1.1.1.3 christos }
918 1.1.1.5 christos
919 1.1.1.5 christos /* These relocations exist as a mechanism for the compiler to tell the
920 1.1.1.5 christos linker how to patch the code if the tls model is optimised. However,
921 1.1.1.5 christos the relocation itself does not require any space within the assembler
922 1.1.1.5 christos fragment, and so we pass a size of 0.
923 1.1.1.5 christos
924 1.1.1.5 christos The lines that generate these relocations look like this:
925 1.1.1.5 christos
926 1.1.1.5 christos .tls_gd_ld @.tdata`bl __tls_get_addr@plt
927 1.1.1.5 christos
928 1.1.1.5 christos The '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' is processed first and generates the
929 1.1.1.5 christos additional relocation, while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' is processed
930 1.1.1.5 christos second and generates the additional branch.
931 1.1.1.5 christos
932 1.1.1.5 christos It is possible that the additional relocation generated by the
933 1.1.1.5 christos '.tls_gd_ld @.tdata' will be attached at the very end of one fragment,
934 1.1.1.5 christos while the 'bl __tls_get_addr@plt' will be generated as the first thing
935 1.1.1.5 christos in the next fragment. This will be fine; both relocations will still
936 1.1.1.5 christos appear to be at the same address in the generated object file.
937 1.1.1.5 christos However, this only works as the additional relocation is generated
938 1.1.1.5 christos with size of 0 bytes. */
939 1.1.1.3 christos fixS *fixP
940 1.1.1.3 christos = fix_new (frag_now, /* Which frag? */
941 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now_fix (), /* Where in that frag? */
942 1.1.1.5 christos 0, /* size: 1, 2, or 4 usually. */
943 1.1.1.3 christos sym, /* X_add_symbol. */
944 1.1.1.3 christos 0, /* X_add_number. */
945 1.1.1.3 christos FALSE, /* TRUE if PC-relative relocation. */
946 1.1.1.3 christos r_type /* Relocation type. */);
947 1.1.1.3 christos fixP->fx_subsy = lab;
948 1.1.1.3 christos }
949 1.1.1.3 christos
950 1.1.1.3 christos static symbolS *
951 1.1.1.3 christos arc_lcomm_internal (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
952 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP, addressT size)
953 1.1.1.3 christos {
954 1.1.1.3 christos addressT align = 0;
955 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
956 1.1 skrll
957 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
958 1.1 skrll {
959 1.1.1.3 christos align = parse_align (1);
960 1.1 skrll
961 1.1.1.3 christos if (align == (addressT) -1)
962 1.1.1.3 christos return NULL;
963 1.1 skrll }
964 1.1 skrll else
965 1.1.1.3 christos {
966 1.1.1.3 christos if (size >= 8)
967 1.1.1.3 christos align = 3;
968 1.1.1.3 christos else if (size >= 4)
969 1.1.1.3 christos align = 2;
970 1.1.1.3 christos else if (size >= 2)
971 1.1.1.3 christos align = 1;
972 1.1.1.3 christos else
973 1.1.1.3 christos align = 0;
974 1.1.1.3 christos }
975 1.1 skrll
976 1.1.1.3 christos bss_alloc (symbolP, size, align);
977 1.1.1.3 christos S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
978 1.1 skrll
979 1.1.1.3 christos return symbolP;
980 1.1.1.3 christos }
981 1.1 skrll
982 1.1.1.3 christos static void
983 1.1.1.3 christos arc_lcomm (int ignore)
984 1.1 skrll {
985 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *symbolP = s_comm_internal (ignore, arc_lcomm_internal);
986 1.1 skrll
987 1.1.1.3 christos if (symbolP)
988 1.1.1.3 christos symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
989 1.1.1.3 christos }
990 1.1 skrll
991 1.1.1.3 christos /* Select the cpu we're assembling for. */
992 1.1 skrll
993 1.1.1.3 christos static void
994 1.1.1.3 christos arc_option (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
995 1.1.1.3 christos {
996 1.1.1.3 christos char c;
997 1.1.1.3 christos char *cpu;
998 1.1.1.6 christos const char *cpu_name;
999 1.1 skrll
1000 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&cpu);
1001 1.1 skrll
1002 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = cpu;
1003 1.1.1.6 christos if ((!strcmp ("ARC600", cpu))
1004 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("ARC601", cpu))
1005 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("A6", cpu)))
1006 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arc600";
1007 1.1.1.6 christos else if ((!strcmp ("ARC700", cpu))
1008 1.1.1.6 christos || (!strcmp ("A7", cpu)))
1009 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arc700";
1010 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("EM", cpu))
1011 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "arcem";
1012 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("HS", cpu))
1013 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "archs";
1014 1.1.1.6 christos else if (!strcmp ("NPS400", cpu))
1015 1.1.1.6 christos cpu_name = "nps400";
1016 1.1 skrll
1017 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (cpu_name, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_CPU_DIRECTIVE);
1018 1.1 skrll
1019 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1020 1.1.1.3 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
1021 1.1.1.3 christos }
1022 1.1 skrll
1023 1.1.1.3 christos /* Smartly print an expression. */
1024 1.1 skrll
1025 1.1.1.3 christos static void
1026 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (expressionS *t)
1027 1.1.1.3 christos {
1028 1.1.1.3 christos const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1029 1.1.1.3 christos const char *namemd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED;
1030 1.1 skrll
1031 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("debug_exp: ");
1032 1.1 skrll
1033 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_op)
1034 1.1 skrll {
1035 1.1.1.3 christos default: name = "unknown"; break;
1036 1.1.1.3 christos case O_illegal: name = "O_illegal"; break;
1037 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent: name = "O_absent"; break;
1038 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant: name = "O_constant"; break;
1039 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol: name = "O_symbol"; break;
1040 1.1.1.3 christos case O_symbol_rva: name = "O_symbol_rva"; break;
1041 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register: name = "O_register"; break;
1042 1.1.1.3 christos case O_big: name = "O_big"; break;
1043 1.1.1.3 christos case O_uminus: name = "O_uminus"; break;
1044 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_not: name = "O_bit_not"; break;
1045 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_not: name = "O_logical_not"; break;
1046 1.1.1.3 christos case O_multiply: name = "O_multiply"; break;
1047 1.1.1.3 christos case O_divide: name = "O_divide"; break;
1048 1.1.1.3 christos case O_modulus: name = "O_modulus"; break;
1049 1.1.1.3 christos case O_left_shift: name = "O_left_shift"; break;
1050 1.1.1.3 christos case O_right_shift: name = "O_right_shift"; break;
1051 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_inclusive_or: name = "O_bit_inclusive_or"; break;
1052 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_or_not: name = "O_bit_or_not"; break;
1053 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_exclusive_or: name = "O_bit_exclusive_or"; break;
1054 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bit_and: name = "O_bit_and"; break;
1055 1.1.1.3 christos case O_add: name = "O_add"; break;
1056 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract: name = "O_subtract"; break;
1057 1.1.1.3 christos case O_eq: name = "O_eq"; break;
1058 1.1.1.3 christos case O_ne: name = "O_ne"; break;
1059 1.1.1.3 christos case O_lt: name = "O_lt"; break;
1060 1.1.1.3 christos case O_le: name = "O_le"; break;
1061 1.1.1.3 christos case O_ge: name = "O_ge"; break;
1062 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gt: name = "O_gt"; break;
1063 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_and: name = "O_logical_and"; break;
1064 1.1.1.3 christos case O_logical_or: name = "O_logical_or"; break;
1065 1.1.1.3 christos case O_index: name = "O_index"; break;
1066 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket: name = "O_bracket"; break;
1067 1.1.1.6 christos case O_colon: name = "O_colon"; break;
1068 1.1.1.6 christos case O_addrtype: name = "O_addrtype"; break;
1069 1.1.1.3 christos }
1070 1.1.1.3 christos
1071 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_md)
1072 1.1.1.3 christos {
1073 1.1.1.3 christos default: namemd = "unknown"; break;
1074 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotoff: namemd = "O_gotoff"; break;
1075 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotpc: namemd = "O_gotpc"; break;
1076 1.1.1.3 christos case O_plt: namemd = "O_plt"; break;
1077 1.1.1.3 christos case O_sda: namemd = "O_sda"; break;
1078 1.1.1.3 christos case O_pcl: namemd = "O_pcl"; break;
1079 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsgd: namemd = "O_tlsgd"; break;
1080 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsie: namemd = "O_tlsie"; break;
1081 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff9: namemd = "O_tpoff9"; break;
1082 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff: namemd = "O_tpoff"; break;
1083 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff9: namemd = "O_dtpoff9"; break;
1084 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff: namemd = "O_dtpoff"; break;
1085 1.1.1.3 christos }
1086 1.1.1.3 christos
1087 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("%s (%s, %s, %d, %s)", name,
1088 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_add_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_add_symbol) : "--",
1089 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_op_symbol) ? S_GET_NAME (t->X_op_symbol) : "--",
1090 1.1.1.3 christos (int) t->X_add_number,
1091 1.1.1.3 christos (t->X_md) ? namemd : "--");
1092 1.1.1.3 christos pr_debug ("\n");
1093 1.1.1.3 christos fflush (stderr);
1094 1.1.1.3 christos }
1095 1.1 skrll
1096 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the arguments to an opcode. */
1097 1.1 skrll
1098 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1099 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_arguments (char *str,
1100 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *tok,
1101 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok)
1102 1.1.1.3 christos {
1103 1.1.1.3 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1104 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean saw_comma = FALSE;
1105 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean saw_arg = FALSE;
1106 1.1.1.3 christos int brk_lvl = 0;
1107 1.1.1.3 christos int num_args = 0;
1108 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
1109 1.1.1.3 christos size_t len;
1110 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_reloc_op_tag *r;
1111 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS tmpE;
1112 1.1.1.3 christos char *reloc_name, c;
1113 1.1.1.3 christos
1114 1.1.1.3 christos memset (tok, 0, sizeof (*tok) * ntok);
1115 1.1.1.3 christos
1116 1.1.1.3 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1117 1.1.1.3 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1118 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = str;
1119 1.1 skrll
1120 1.1.1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1121 1.1 skrll {
1122 1.1 skrll SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
1123 1.1.1.3 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1124 1.1 skrll {
1125 1.1.1.3 christos case '\0':
1126 1.1.1.3 christos goto fini;
1127 1.1 skrll
1128 1.1.1.3 christos case ',':
1129 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1130 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_comma || !saw_arg)
1131 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1132 1.1.1.3 christos saw_comma = TRUE;
1133 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1134 1.1 skrll
1135 1.1.1.3 christos case '}':
1136 1.1.1.3 christos case ']':
1137 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1138 1.1.1.3 christos --brk_lvl;
1139 1.1.1.5 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1140 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1141 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1142 1.1.1.3 christos ++tok;
1143 1.1.1.3 christos ++num_args;
1144 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1145 1.1.1.3 christos
1146 1.1.1.3 christos case '{':
1147 1.1.1.3 christos case '[':
1148 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1149 1.1.1.5 christos if (brk_lvl || num_args == ntok)
1150 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1151 1.1.1.3 christos ++brk_lvl;
1152 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_bracket;
1153 1.1.1.3 christos ++tok;
1154 1.1.1.3 christos ++num_args;
1155 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1156 1.1.1.3 christos
1157 1.1.1.6 christos case ':':
1158 1.1.1.6 christos input_line_pointer++;
1159 1.1.1.6 christos if (!saw_arg || num_args == ntok)
1160 1.1.1.6 christos goto err;
1161 1.1.1.6 christos tok->X_op = O_colon;
1162 1.1.1.6 christos saw_arg = FALSE;
1163 1.1.1.6 christos ++tok;
1164 1.1.1.6 christos ++num_args;
1165 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1166 1.1.1.6 christos
1167 1.1.1.3 christos case '@':
1168 1.1.1.3 christos /* We have labels, function names and relocations, all
1169 1.1.1.3 christos starting with @ symbol. Sort them out. */
1170 1.1.1.5 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1171 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1172 1.1.1.3 christos
1173 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse @label. */
1174 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_symbol;
1175 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1176 1.1.1.3 christos expression (tok);
1177 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer != '@')
1178 1.1.1.3 christos goto normalsymbol; /* This is not a relocation. */
1179 1.1.1.3 christos
1180 1.1.1.3 christos relocationsym:
1181 1.1.1.3 christos
1182 1.1.1.6 christos /* A relocation operand has the following form
1183 1.1.1.3 christos @identifier@relocation_type. The identifier is already
1184 1.1.1.3 christos in tok! */
1185 1.1.1.3 christos if (tok->X_op != O_symbol)
1186 1.1 skrll {
1187 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("No valid label relocation operand"));
1188 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1189 1.1 skrll }
1190 1.1.1.3 christos
1191 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse @relocation_type. */
1192 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1193 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&reloc_name);
1194 1.1.1.3 christos len = input_line_pointer - reloc_name;
1195 1.1.1.3 christos if (len == 0)
1196 1.1 skrll {
1197 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("No relocation operand"));
1198 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1199 1.1 skrll }
1200 1.1.1.3 christos
1201 1.1.1.3 christos /* Go through known relocation and try to find a match. */
1202 1.1.1.3 christos r = &arc_reloc_op[0];
1203 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = arc_num_reloc_op - 1; i >= 0; i--, r++)
1204 1.1.1.3 christos if (len == r->length
1205 1.1.1.3 christos && memcmp (reloc_name, r->name, len) == 0)
1206 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1207 1.1.1.3 christos if (i < 0)
1208 1.1 skrll {
1209 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unknown relocation operand: @%s"), reloc_name);
1210 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1211 1.1 skrll }
1212 1.1 skrll
1213 1.1.1.3 christos *input_line_pointer = c;
1214 1.1.1.3 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE_AFTER_NAME ();
1215 1.1.1.3 christos /* Extra check for TLS: base. */
1216 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1217 1.1 skrll {
1218 1.1.1.3 christos symbolS *base;
1219 1.1.1.3 christos if (tok->X_op_symbol != NULL
1220 1.1.1.3 christos || tok->X_op != O_symbol)
1221 1.1.1.3 christos {
1222 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unable to parse TLS base: %s"),
1223 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer);
1224 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1225 1.1.1.3 christos }
1226 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1227 1.1.1.3 christos char *sym_name;
1228 1.1.1.3 christos c = get_symbol_name (&sym_name);
1229 1.1.1.3 christos base = symbol_find_or_make (sym_name);
1230 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_subtract;
1231 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op_symbol = base;
1232 1.1.1.3 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
1233 1.1.1.3 christos tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
1234 1.1.1.3 christos }
1235 1.1.1.6 christos if ((*input_line_pointer != '+')
1236 1.1.1.3 christos && (*input_line_pointer != '-'))
1237 1.1.1.3 christos {
1238 1.1.1.3 christos tmpE.X_add_number = 0;
1239 1.1 skrll }
1240 1.1 skrll else
1241 1.1 skrll {
1242 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the constant of a complex relocation expression
1243 1.1.1.3 christos like @identifier@reloc +/- const. */
1244 1.1.1.3 christos if (! r->complex_expr)
1245 1.1 skrll {
1246 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("@%s is not a complex relocation."), r->name);
1247 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1248 1.1 skrll }
1249 1.1.1.3 christos expression (&tmpE);
1250 1.1.1.3 christos if (tmpE.X_op != O_constant)
1251 1.1 skrll {
1252 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Bad expression: @%s + %s."),
1253 1.1.1.3 christos r->name, input_line_pointer);
1254 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1255 1.1 skrll }
1256 1.1 skrll }
1257 1.1 skrll
1258 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_md = r->op;
1259 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_add_number = tmpE.X_add_number;
1260 1.1 skrll
1261 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (tok);
1262 1.1 skrll
1263 1.1.1.3 christos saw_comma = FALSE;
1264 1.1.1.3 christos saw_arg = TRUE;
1265 1.1.1.3 christos tok++;
1266 1.1.1.3 christos num_args++;
1267 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1268 1.1 skrll
1269 1.1.1.3 christos case '%':
1270 1.1.1.3 christos /* Can be a register. */
1271 1.1.1.3 christos ++input_line_pointer;
1272 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
1273 1.1.1.3 christos default:
1274 1.1.1.3 christos
1275 1.1.1.5 christos if ((saw_arg && !saw_comma) || num_args == ntok)
1276 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1277 1.1.1.3 christos
1278 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_op = O_absent;
1279 1.1.1.3 christos tok->X_md = O_absent;
1280 1.1.1.3 christos expression (tok);
1281 1.1.1.3 christos
1282 1.1.1.3 christos /* Legacy: There are cases when we have
1283 1.1.1.3 christos identifier@relocation_type, if it is the case parse the
1284 1.1.1.3 christos relocation type as well. */
1285 1.1.1.3 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '@')
1286 1.1.1.3 christos goto relocationsym;
1287 1.1.1.3 christos
1288 1.1.1.3 christos normalsymbol:
1289 1.1.1.3 christos debug_exp (tok);
1290 1.1.1.3 christos
1291 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok->X_op == O_illegal
1292 1.1.1.5 christos || tok->X_op == O_absent
1293 1.1.1.5 christos || num_args == ntok)
1294 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1295 1.1.1.3 christos
1296 1.1.1.3 christos saw_comma = FALSE;
1297 1.1.1.3 christos saw_arg = TRUE;
1298 1.1.1.3 christos tok++;
1299 1.1.1.3 christos num_args++;
1300 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1301 1.1 skrll }
1302 1.1 skrll }
1303 1.1 skrll
1304 1.1.1.3 christos fini:
1305 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_comma || brk_lvl)
1306 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1307 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1308 1.1.1.3 christos
1309 1.1.1.3 christos return num_args;
1310 1.1.1.3 christos
1311 1.1.1.3 christos err:
1312 1.1.1.3 christos if (brk_lvl)
1313 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Brackets in operand field incorrect"));
1314 1.1.1.3 christos else if (saw_comma)
1315 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("extra comma"));
1316 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!saw_arg)
1317 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("missing argument"));
1318 1.1.1.3 christos else
1319 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("missing comma or colon"));
1320 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1321 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
1322 1.1.1.3 christos }
1323 1.1 skrll
1324 1.1.1.3 christos /* Parse the flags to a structure. */
1325 1.1 skrll
1326 1.1.1.3 christos static int
1327 1.1.1.3 christos tokenize_flags (const char *str,
1328 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_flags flags[],
1329 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg)
1330 1.1.1.3 christos {
1331 1.1.1.3 christos char *old_input_line_pointer;
1332 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean saw_flg = FALSE;
1333 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean saw_dot = FALSE;
1334 1.1.1.3 christos int num_flags = 0;
1335 1.1.1.3 christos size_t flgnamelen;
1336 1.1.1.3 christos
1337 1.1.1.3 christos memset (flags, 0, sizeof (*flags) * nflg);
1338 1.1.1.3 christos
1339 1.1.1.3 christos /* Save and restore input_line_pointer around this function. */
1340 1.1.1.3 christos old_input_line_pointer = input_line_pointer;
1341 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = (char *) str;
1342 1.1.1.3 christos
1343 1.1.1.3 christos while (*input_line_pointer)
1344 1.1.1.3 christos {
1345 1.1.1.3 christos switch (*input_line_pointer)
1346 1.1.1.3 christos {
1347 1.1.1.3 christos case ' ':
1348 1.1.1.3 christos case '\0':
1349 1.1.1.3 christos goto fini;
1350 1.1.1.3 christos
1351 1.1.1.3 christos case '.':
1352 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer++;
1353 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_dot)
1354 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1355 1.1.1.3 christos saw_dot = TRUE;
1356 1.1.1.3 christos saw_flg = FALSE;
1357 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1358 1.1 skrll
1359 1.1.1.3 christos default:
1360 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_flg && !saw_dot)
1361 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1362 1.1 skrll
1363 1.1.1.3 christos if (num_flags >= nflg)
1364 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1365 1.1 skrll
1366 1.1.1.5 christos flgnamelen = strspn (input_line_pointer,
1367 1.1.1.5 christos "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz0123456789");
1368 1.1.1.5 christos if (flgnamelen > MAX_FLAG_NAME_LENGTH)
1369 1.1.1.3 christos goto err;
1370 1.1.1.3 christos
1371 1.1.1.3 christos memcpy (flags->name, input_line_pointer, flgnamelen);
1372 1.1.1.3 christos
1373 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer += flgnamelen;
1374 1.1.1.3 christos flags++;
1375 1.1.1.3 christos saw_dot = FALSE;
1376 1.1.1.3 christos saw_flg = TRUE;
1377 1.1.1.3 christos num_flags++;
1378 1.1.1.3 christos break;
1379 1.1.1.3 christos }
1380 1.1 skrll }
1381 1.1 skrll
1382 1.1.1.3 christos fini:
1383 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1384 1.1.1.3 christos return num_flags;
1385 1.1.1.3 christos
1386 1.1.1.3 christos err:
1387 1.1.1.3 christos if (saw_dot)
1388 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("extra dot"));
1389 1.1.1.3 christos else if (!saw_flg)
1390 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("unrecognized flag"));
1391 1.1.1.3 christos else
1392 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("failed to parse flags"));
1393 1.1.1.3 christos input_line_pointer = old_input_line_pointer;
1394 1.1.1.3 christos return -1;
1395 1.1 skrll }
1396 1.1 skrll
1397 1.1.1.5 christos /* Apply the fixups in order. */
1398 1.1.1.3 christos
1399 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1400 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (struct arc_insn *insn, fragS *fragP, int fix)
1401 1.1 skrll {
1402 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
1403 1.1 skrll
1404 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < insn->nfixups; i++)
1405 1.1 skrll {
1406 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup = &insn->fixups[i];
1407 1.1.1.5 christos int size, pcrel, offset = 0;
1408 1.1 skrll
1409 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1410 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please delete me. */
1411 1.1.1.6 christos size = ((insn->len == 2) && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4;
1412 1.1 skrll
1413 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixup->islong)
1414 1.1.1.6 christos offset = insn->len;
1415 1.1 skrll
1416 1.1.1.5 christos /* Some fixups are only used internally, thus no howto. */
1417 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc == 0)
1418 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Unhandled reloc type"));
1419 1.1 skrll
1420 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixup->reloc < 0)
1421 1.1.1.5 christos {
1422 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1423 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1424 1.1.1.6 christos size = ((insn->len == 2 && !fixup->islong) ? 2 : 4; */
1425 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel = fixup->pcrel;
1426 1.1.1.5 christos }
1427 1.1.1.5 christos else
1428 1.1.1.5 christos {
1429 1.1.1.5 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
1430 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1431 1.1.1.5 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
1432 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (reloc_howto);
1433 1.1 skrll
1434 1.1.1.5 christos /* FIXME! the reloc size is wrong in the BFD file.
1435 1.1.1.5 christos When it is fixed please enable me.
1436 1.1.1.5 christos size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc_howto); */
1437 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
1438 1.1.1.5 christos }
1439 1.1 skrll
1440 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: apply_fixups: new %s fixup (PCrel:%s) of size %d @ \
1441 1.1.1.5 christos offset %d + %d\n",
1442 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
1443 1.1.1.5 christos (fixup->reloc < 0) ? "Internal" :
1444 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixup->reloc),
1445 1.1.1.5 christos pcrel ? "Y" : "N",
1446 1.1.1.5 christos size, fix, offset);
1447 1.1.1.5 christos fix_new_exp (fragP, fix + offset,
1448 1.1.1.5 christos size, &fixup->exp, pcrel, fixup->reloc);
1449 1.1 skrll
1450 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for ZOLs, and update symbol info if any. */
1451 1.1.1.5 christos if (LP_INSN (insn->insn))
1452 1.1 skrll {
1453 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol);
1454 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (fixup->exp.X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_ZOL);
1455 1.1 skrll }
1456 1.1 skrll }
1457 1.1.1.3 christos }
1458 1.1 skrll
1459 1.1.1.5 christos /* Actually output an instruction with its fixup. */
1460 1.1 skrll
1461 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1462 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn0 (struct arc_insn *insn, char *where, bfd_boolean relax)
1463 1.1.1.3 christos {
1464 1.1.1.5 christos char *f = where;
1465 1.1.1.6 christos size_t total_len;
1466 1.1 skrll
1467 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("Emit insn : 0x%llx\n", insn->insn);
1468 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("\tLength : 0x%d\n", insn->len);
1469 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\tLong imm: 0x%lx\n", insn->limm);
1470 1.1 skrll
1471 1.1.1.5 christos /* Write out the instruction. */
1472 1.1.1.6 christos total_len = insn->len + (insn->has_limm ? 4 : 0);
1473 1.1.1.6 christos if (!relax)
1474 1.1.1.6 christos f = frag_more (total_len);
1475 1.1.1.6 christos
1476 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend(f, insn->insn, insn->len);
1477 1.1.1.6 christos
1478 1.1.1.6 christos if (insn->has_limm)
1479 1.1.1.6 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (f + insn->len, insn->limm, 4);
1480 1.1.1.6 christos dwarf2_emit_insn (total_len);
1481 1.1 skrll
1482 1.1.1.5 christos if (!relax)
1483 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (insn, frag_now, (f - frag_now->fr_literal));
1484 1.1.1.5 christos }
1485 1.1.1.3 christos
1486 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1487 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn1 (struct arc_insn *insn)
1488 1.1.1.5 christos {
1489 1.1.1.5 christos /* How frag_var's args are currently configured:
1490 1.1.1.5 christos - rs_machine_dependent, to dictate it's a relaxation frag.
1491 1.1.1.5 christos - FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, maximum size of instruction
1492 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, variable size that might grow...unused by generic relaxation.
1493 1.1.1.5 christos - frag_now->fr_subtype, fr_subtype starting value, set previously.
1494 1.1.1.5 christos - s, opand expression.
1495 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, offset but it's unused.
1496 1.1.1.5 christos - 0, opcode but it's unused. */
1497 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *s = make_expr_symbol (&insn->fixups[0].exp);
1498 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.pcrel = insn->fixups[0].pcrel;
1499 1.1.1.5 christos
1500 1.1.1.5 christos if (frag_room () < FRAG_MAX_GROWTH)
1501 1.1.1.5 christos {
1502 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle differently when frag literal memory is exhausted.
1503 1.1.1.5 christos This is used because when there's not enough memory left in
1504 1.1.1.5 christos the current frag, a new frag is created and the information
1505 1.1.1.5 christos we put into frag_now->tc_frag_data is disregarded. */
1506 1.1.1.5 christos
1507 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relax_type relax_info_copy;
1508 1.1.1.5 christos relax_substateT subtype = frag_now->fr_subtype;
1509 1.1.1.5 christos
1510 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&relax_info_copy, &frag_now->tc_frag_data,
1511 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1512 1.1 skrll
1513 1.1.1.5 christos frag_wane (frag_now);
1514 1.1.1.5 christos frag_grow (FRAG_MAX_GROWTH);
1515 1.1 skrll
1516 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data, &relax_info_copy,
1517 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_relax_type));
1518 1.1.1.3 christos
1519 1.1.1.5 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1520 1.1.1.5 christos subtype, s, 0, 0);
1521 1.1.1.5 christos }
1522 1.1.1.5 christos else
1523 1.1.1.5 christos frag_var (rs_machine_dependent, FRAG_MAX_GROWTH, 0,
1524 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_subtype, s, 0, 0);
1525 1.1 skrll }
1526 1.1 skrll
1527 1.1.1.5 christos static void
1528 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn (struct arc_insn *insn)
1529 1.1 skrll {
1530 1.1.1.5 christos if (insn->relax)
1531 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn1 (insn);
1532 1.1 skrll else
1533 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn0 (insn, NULL, FALSE);
1534 1.1 skrll }
1535 1.1 skrll
1536 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check whether a symbol involves a register. */
1537 1.1 skrll
1538 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
1539 1.1.1.5 christos contains_register (symbolS *sym)
1540 1.1 skrll {
1541 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
1542 1.1.1.5 christos {
1543 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1544 1.1.1.5 christos
1545 1.1.1.5 christos return ((O_register == ex->X_op)
1546 1.1.1.5 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_add_symbol)
1547 1.1.1.5 christos && !contains_register (ex->X_op_symbol));
1548 1.1.1.5 christos }
1549 1.1 skrll
1550 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1551 1.1 skrll }
1552 1.1 skrll
1553 1.1.1.5 christos /* Returns the register number within a symbol. */
1554 1.1 skrll
1555 1.1.1.5 christos static int
1556 1.1.1.5 christos get_register (symbolS *sym)
1557 1.1 skrll {
1558 1.1.1.5 christos if (!contains_register (sym))
1559 1.1.1.5 christos return -1;
1560 1.1 skrll
1561 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *ex = symbol_get_value_expression (sym);
1562 1.1.1.5 christos return regno (ex->X_add_number);
1563 1.1.1.5 christos }
1564 1.1 skrll
1565 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return true if a RELOC is generic. A generic reloc is PC-rel of a
1566 1.1.1.5 christos simple ME relocation (e.g. RELOC_ARC_32_ME, BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32. */
1567 1.1 skrll
1568 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
1569 1.1.1.5 christos generic_reloc_p (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
1570 1.1.1.5 christos {
1571 1.1.1.5 christos if (!reloc)
1572 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1573 1.1 skrll
1574 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
1575 1.1 skrll {
1576 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST:
1577 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST1:
1578 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA_LDST2:
1579 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD:
1580 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD1:
1581 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_LD2:
1582 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA16_ST2:
1583 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_SDA32_ME:
1584 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1585 1.1.1.5 christos default:
1586 1.1.1.5 christos return TRUE;
1587 1.1 skrll }
1588 1.1 skrll }
1589 1.1 skrll
1590 1.1.1.5 christos /* Allocates a tok entry. */
1591 1.1 skrll
1592 1.1.1.5 christos static int
1593 1.1.1.5 christos allocate_tok (expressionS *tok, int ntok, int cidx)
1594 1.1 skrll {
1595 1.1.1.5 christos if (ntok > MAX_INSN_ARGS - 2)
1596 1.1.1.5 christos return 0; /* No space left. */
1597 1.1 skrll
1598 1.1.1.5 christos if (cidx > ntok)
1599 1.1.1.6 christos return 0; /* Incorrect args. */
1600 1.1.1.5 christos
1601 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&tok[ntok+1], &tok[ntok], sizeof (*tok));
1602 1.1.1.5 christos
1603 1.1.1.5 christos if (cidx == ntok)
1604 1.1.1.5 christos return 1; /* Success. */
1605 1.1.1.5 christos return allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, cidx);
1606 1.1 skrll }
1607 1.1 skrll
1608 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if an particular ARC feature is enabled. */
1609 1.1 skrll
1610 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
1611 1.1.1.5 christos check_cpu_feature (insn_subclass_t sc)
1612 1.1.1.3 christos {
1613 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_code_density_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & CD))
1614 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1615 1.1.1.3 christos
1616 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_spfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & SPX))
1617 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1618 1.1.1.3 christos
1619 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_dpfp_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPX))
1620 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1621 1.1.1.3 christos
1622 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_fpuda_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & DPA))
1623 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1624 1.1.1.3 christos
1625 1.1.1.6 christos if (is_nps400_p (sc) && !(selected_cpu.features & NPS400))
1626 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1627 1.1.1.3 christos
1628 1.1.1.5 christos return TRUE;
1629 1.1.1.5 christos }
1630 1.1.1.5 christos
1631 1.1.1.5 christos /* Parse the flags described by FIRST_PFLAG and NFLGS against the flag
1632 1.1.1.5 christos operands in OPCODE. Stores the matching OPCODES into the FIRST_PFLAG
1633 1.1.1.5 christos array and returns TRUE if the flag operands all match, otherwise,
1634 1.1.1.5 christos returns FALSE, in which case the FIRST_PFLAG array may have been
1635 1.1.1.5 christos modified. */
1636 1.1.1.5 christos
1637 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
1638 1.1.1.5 christos parse_opcode_flags (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
1639 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs,
1640 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag)
1641 1.1.1.5 christos {
1642 1.1.1.5 christos int lnflg, i;
1643 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned char *flgidx;
1644 1.1.1.5 christos
1645 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg = nflgs;
1646 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++)
1647 1.1.1.5 christos first_pflag[i].flgp = NULL;
1648 1.1.1.5 christos
1649 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the flags. Iterate over the valid flag classes. */
1650 1.1.1.5 christos for (flgidx = opcode->flags; *flgidx; ++flgidx)
1651 1.1.1.5 christos {
1652 1.1.1.5 christos /* Get a valid flag class. */
1653 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_class *cl_flags = &arc_flag_classes[*flgidx];
1654 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned *flgopridx;
1655 1.1.1.5 christos int cl_matches = 0;
1656 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflag = NULL;
1657 1.1.1.5 christos
1658 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if opcode has implicit flag classes. */
1659 1.1.1.6 christos if (cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_IMPLICIT)
1660 1.1.1.6 christos continue;
1661 1.1.1.6 christos
1662 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for extension conditional codes. */
1663 1.1.1.5 christos if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode
1664 1.1.1.5 christos && cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_EXTEND)
1665 1.1.1.5 christos {
1666 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *pf = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode;
1667 1.1.1.5 christos while (pf->name)
1668 1.1.1.5 christos {
1669 1.1.1.5 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1670 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1671 1.1.1.5 christos {
1672 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (pf->name, pflag->name))
1673 1.1.1.5 christos {
1674 1.1.1.5 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1675 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1676 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found it. */
1677 1.1.1.5 christos cl_matches++;
1678 1.1.1.5 christos pflag->flgp = pf;
1679 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg--;
1680 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1681 1.1.1.5 christos }
1682 1.1.1.5 christos }
1683 1.1.1.5 christos pf++;
1684 1.1.1.5 christos }
1685 1.1.1.5 christos }
1686 1.1.1.5 christos
1687 1.1.1.5 christos for (flgopridx = cl_flags->flags; *flgopridx; ++flgopridx)
1688 1.1.1.5 christos {
1689 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand;
1690 1.1.1.5 christos
1691 1.1.1.5 christos pflag = first_pflag;
1692 1.1.1.5 christos flg_operand = &arc_flag_operands[*flgopridx];
1693 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; i++, pflag++)
1694 1.1.1.5 christos {
1695 1.1.1.5 christos /* Match against the parsed flags. */
1696 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, pflag->name))
1697 1.1.1.5 christos {
1698 1.1.1.5 christos if (pflag->flgp != NULL)
1699 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1700 1.1.1.5 christos cl_matches++;
1701 1.1.1.5 christos pflag->flgp = flg_operand;
1702 1.1.1.5 christos lnflg--;
1703 1.1.1.5 christos break; /* goto next flag class and parsed flag. */
1704 1.1.1.5 christos }
1705 1.1.1.5 christos }
1706 1.1.1.5 christos }
1707 1.1.1.5 christos
1708 1.1.1.5 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_REQUIRED) && cl_matches == 0)
1709 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1710 1.1.1.5 christos if ((cl_flags->flag_class & F_CLASS_OPTIONAL) && cl_matches > 1)
1711 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
1712 1.1 skrll }
1713 1.1.1.3 christos
1714 1.1.1.5 christos /* Did I check all the parsed flags? */
1715 1.1.1.5 christos return lnflg ? FALSE : TRUE;
1716 1.1.1.5 christos }
1717 1.1.1.5 christos
1718 1.1.1.5 christos
1719 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search forward through all variants of an opcode looking for a
1720 1.1.1.5 christos syntax match. */
1721 1.1.1.5 christos
1722 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode *
1723 1.1.1.5 christos find_opcode_match (const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry,
1724 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
1725 1.1.1.5 christos int *pntok,
1726 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *first_pflag,
1727 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs,
1728 1.1.1.6 christos int *pcpumatch,
1729 1.1.1.6 christos const char **errmsg)
1730 1.1.1.5 christos {
1731 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
1732 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator iter;
1733 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok = *pntok;
1734 1.1.1.5 christos int got_cpu_match = 0;
1735 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS bktok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
1736 1.1.1.5 christos int bkntok;
1737 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS emptyE;
1738 1.1.1.5 christos
1739 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_init (&iter);
1740 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&emptyE, 0, sizeof (emptyE));
1741 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (bktok, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
1742 1.1.1.5 christos bkntok = ntok;
1743 1.1.1.5 christos
1744 1.1.1.5 christos for (opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter);
1745 1.1.1.5 christos opcode != NULL;
1746 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = arc_opcode_hash_entry_iterator_next (entry, &iter))
1747 1.1 skrll {
1748 1.1.1.5 christos const unsigned char *opidx;
1749 1.1.1.5 christos int tokidx = 0;
1750 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *t = &emptyE;
1751 1.1.1.5 christos
1752 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: find_opcode_match: trying opcode 0x%08llX ",
1753 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->opcode);
1754 1.1.1.5 christos
1755 1.1.1.5 christos /* Don't match opcodes that don't exist on this
1756 1.1.1.5 christos architecture. */
1757 1.1.1.6 christos if (!(opcode->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
1758 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1759 1.1.1.5 christos
1760 1.1.1.5 christos if (!check_cpu_feature (opcode->subclass))
1761 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1762 1.1.1.5 christos
1763 1.1.1.5 christos got_cpu_match = 1;
1764 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("cpu ");
1765 1.1.1.5 christos
1766 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the operands. */
1767 1.1.1.5 christos for (opidx = opcode->operands; *opidx; ++opidx)
1768 1.1.1.3 christos {
1769 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*opidx];
1770 1.1.1.5 christos
1771 1.1.1.5 christos /* Only take input from real operands. */
1772 1.1.1.6 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
1773 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
1774 1.1.1.5 christos
1775 1.1.1.5 christos /* When we expect input, make sure we have it. */
1776 1.1.1.5 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
1777 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1778 1.1.1.5 christos
1779 1.1.1.5 christos /* Match operand type with expression type. */
1780 1.1.1.5 christos switch (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TYPECHECK_MASK)
1781 1.1.1.5 christos {
1782 1.1.1.6 christos case ARC_OPERAND_ADDRTYPE:
1783 1.1.1.6 christos {
1784 1.1.1.6 christos *errmsg = NULL;
1785 1.1.1.6 christos
1786 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check to be an address type. */
1787 1.1.1.6 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_addrtype)
1788 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1789 1.1.1.6 christos
1790 1.1.1.6 christos /* All address type operands need to have an insert
1791 1.1.1.6 christos method in order to check that we have the correct
1792 1.1.1.6 christos address type. */
1793 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (operand->insert != NULL);
1794 1.1.1.6 christos (*operand->insert) (0, tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1795 1.1.1.6 christos errmsg);
1796 1.1.1.6 christos if (*errmsg != NULL)
1797 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1798 1.1.1.6 christos }
1799 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1800 1.1.1.6 christos
1801 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_IR:
1802 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check to be a register. */
1803 1.1.1.5 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_op != O_register
1804 1.1.1.5 christos || !is_ir_num (tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
1805 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1806 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1807 1.1.1.5 christos
1808 1.1.1.5 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
1809 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
1810 1.1.1.5 christos {
1811 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check for duplicate. */
1812 1.1.1.5 christos if (t->X_op != O_register
1813 1.1.1.5 christos || !is_ir_num (t->X_add_number)
1814 1.1.1.5 christos || (regno (t->X_add_number) !=
1815 1.1.1.5 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number)))
1816 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1817 1.1.1.5 christos }
1818 1.1.1.5 christos
1819 1.1.1.5 christos /* Special handling? */
1820 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
1821 1.1.1.5 christos {
1822 1.1.1.6 christos *errmsg = NULL;
1823 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1824 1.1.1.5 christos regno (tok[tokidx].X_add_number),
1825 1.1.1.6 christos errmsg);
1826 1.1.1.6 christos if (*errmsg)
1827 1.1.1.5 christos {
1828 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE)
1829 1.1.1.5 christos {
1830 1.1.1.5 christos /* Missing argument, create one. */
1831 1.1.1.5 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1832 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1833 1.1.1.5 christos
1834 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1835 1.1.1.5 christos ++ntok;
1836 1.1.1.5 christos }
1837 1.1.1.5 christos else
1838 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1839 1.1.1.5 christos }
1840 1.1.1.5 christos }
1841 1.1.1.5 christos
1842 1.1.1.5 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
1843 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1844 1.1.1.5 christos
1845 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET:
1846 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if bracket is also in opcode table as
1847 1.1.1.5 christos operand. */
1848 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_bracket)
1849 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1850 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1851 1.1.1.5 christos
1852 1.1.1.6 christos case ARC_OPERAND_COLON:
1853 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check if colon is also in opcode table as operand. */
1854 1.1.1.6 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_colon)
1855 1.1.1.6 christos goto match_failed;
1856 1.1.1.6 christos break;
1857 1.1.1.6 christos
1858 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_LIMM:
1859 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED:
1860 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_OPERAND_UNSIGNED:
1861 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_op)
1862 1.1.1.5 christos {
1863 1.1.1.5 christos case O_illegal:
1864 1.1.1.5 christos case O_absent:
1865 1.1.1.5 christos case O_register:
1866 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1867 1.1.1.5 christos
1868 1.1.1.5 christos case O_bracket:
1869 1.1.1.5 christos /* Got an (too) early bracket, check if it is an
1870 1.1.1.5 christos ignored operand. N.B. This procedure works only
1871 1.1.1.5 christos when bracket is the last operand! */
1872 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1873 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1874 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert the missing operand. */
1875 1.1.1.5 christos if (!allocate_tok (tok, ntok - 1, tokidx))
1876 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1877 1.1.1.5 christos
1878 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_absent;
1879 1.1.1.5 christos ++ntok;
1880 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1881 1.1.1.5 christos
1882 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
1883 1.1.1.5 christos {
1884 1.1.1.5 christos const char *p;
1885 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
1886 1.1.1.5 christos
1887 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode->insn_class != AUXREG)
1888 1.1.1.5 christos goto de_fault;
1889 1.1.1.5 christos p = S_GET_NAME (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
1890 1.1.1.5 christos
1891 1.1.1.5 christos auxr = hash_find (arc_aux_hash, p);
1892 1.1.1.5 christos if (auxr)
1893 1.1.1.5 christos {
1894 1.1.1.5 christos /* We modify the token array here, safe in the
1895 1.1.1.5 christos knowledge, that if this was the wrong
1896 1.1.1.5 christos choice then the original contents will be
1897 1.1.1.5 christos restored from BKTOK. */
1898 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_op = O_constant;
1899 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number = auxr->address;
1900 1.1.1.5 christos ARC_SET_FLAG (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol, ARC_FLAG_AUX);
1901 1.1.1.5 christos }
1902 1.1.1.5 christos
1903 1.1.1.5 christos if (tok[tokidx].X_op != O_constant)
1904 1.1.1.5 christos goto de_fault;
1905 1.1.1.5 christos }
1906 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
1907 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
1908 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the range. */
1909 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->bits != 32
1910 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK))
1911 1.1.1.5 christos {
1912 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min, max, val;
1913 1.1.1.5 christos val = tok[tokidx].X_add_number;
1914 1.1.1.5 christos
1915 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
1916 1.1.1.5 christos {
1917 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
1918 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
1919 1.1.1.5 christos }
1920 1.1.1.5 christos else
1921 1.1.1.5 christos {
1922 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
1923 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
1924 1.1.1.5 christos }
1925 1.1.1.5 christos
1926 1.1.1.5 christos if (val < min || val > max)
1927 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1928 1.1.1.5 christos
1929 1.1.1.6 christos /* Check alignments. */
1930 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
1931 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x03))
1932 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1933 1.1.1.5 christos
1934 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
1935 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x01))
1936 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1937 1.1.1.5 christos }
1938 1.1.1.5 christos else if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
1939 1.1.1.5 christos {
1940 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
1941 1.1.1.5 christos {
1942 1.1.1.6 christos *errmsg = NULL;
1943 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1944 1.1.1.5 christos tok[tokidx].X_add_number,
1945 1.1.1.6 christos errmsg);
1946 1.1.1.6 christos if (*errmsg)
1947 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1948 1.1.1.5 christos }
1949 1.1.1.5 christos else if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE))
1950 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1951 1.1.1.5 christos }
1952 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1953 1.1.1.5 christos
1954 1.1.1.5 christos case O_subtract:
1955 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if it is register range. */
1956 1.1.1.5 christos if ((tok[tokidx].X_add_number == 0)
1957 1.1.1.5 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol)
1958 1.1.1.5 christos && contains_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol))
1959 1.1.1.5 christos {
1960 1.1.1.5 christos int regs;
1961 1.1.1.5 christos
1962 1.1.1.5 christos regs = get_register (tok[tokidx].X_add_symbol);
1963 1.1.1.5 christos regs <<= 16;
1964 1.1.1.5 christos regs |= get_register (tok[tokidx].X_op_symbol);
1965 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
1966 1.1.1.5 christos {
1967 1.1.1.6 christos *errmsg = NULL;
1968 1.1.1.5 christos (*operand->insert)(0,
1969 1.1.1.5 christos regs,
1970 1.1.1.6 christos errmsg);
1971 1.1.1.6 christos if (*errmsg)
1972 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1973 1.1.1.5 christos }
1974 1.1.1.5 christos else
1975 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1976 1.1.1.5 christos break;
1977 1.1.1.5 christos }
1978 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
1979 1.1.1.5 christos default:
1980 1.1.1.5 christos de_fault:
1981 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->default_reloc == 0)
1982 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed; /* The operand needs relocation. */
1983 1.1.1.5 christos
1984 1.1.1.5 christos /* Relocs requiring long immediate. FIXME! make it
1985 1.1.1.5 christos generic and move it to a function. */
1986 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[tokidx].X_md)
1987 1.1.1.5 christos {
1988 1.1.1.5 christos case O_gotoff:
1989 1.1.1.5 christos case O_gotpc:
1990 1.1.1.5 christos case O_pcl:
1991 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tpoff:
1992 1.1.1.5 christos case O_dtpoff:
1993 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tlsgd:
1994 1.1.1.5 christos case O_tlsie:
1995 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
1996 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
1997 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
1998 1.1.1.5 christos case O_absent:
1999 1.1.1.5 christos if (!generic_reloc_p (operand->default_reloc))
2000 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2001 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2002 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2003 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2004 1.1.1.5 christos }
2005 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2006 1.1.1.5 christos }
2007 1.1.1.5 christos /* If expect duplicate, make sure it is duplicate. */
2008 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
2009 1.1.1.5 christos {
2010 1.1.1.5 christos if (t->X_op == O_illegal
2011 1.1.1.5 christos || t->X_op == O_absent
2012 1.1.1.5 christos || t->X_op == O_register
2013 1.1.1.5 christos || (t->X_add_number != tok[tokidx].X_add_number))
2014 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2015 1.1.1.5 christos }
2016 1.1.1.5 christos t = &tok[tokidx];
2017 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2018 1.1.1.5 christos
2019 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2020 1.1.1.5 christos /* Everything else should have been fake. */
2021 1.1.1.5 christos abort ();
2022 1.1.1.5 christos }
2023 1.1.1.5 christos
2024 1.1.1.5 christos ++tokidx;
2025 1.1.1.3 christos }
2026 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("opr ");
2027 1.1.1.5 christos
2028 1.1.1.5 christos /* Setup ready for flag parsing. */
2029 1.1.1.5 christos if (!parse_opcode_flags (opcode, nflgs, first_pflag))
2030 1.1.1.5 christos goto match_failed;
2031 1.1.1.5 christos
2032 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("flg");
2033 1.1.1.5 christos /* Possible match -- did we use all of our input? */
2034 1.1.1.5 christos if (tokidx == ntok)
2035 1.1.1.3 christos {
2036 1.1.1.5 christos *pntok = ntok;
2037 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2038 1.1.1.5 christos return opcode;
2039 1.1.1.3 christos }
2040 1.1.1.5 christos
2041 1.1.1.5 christos match_failed:;
2042 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("\n");
2043 1.1.1.5 christos /* Restore the original parameters. */
2044 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (tok, bktok, MAX_INSN_ARGS * sizeof (*tok));
2045 1.1.1.5 christos ntok = bkntok;
2046 1.1 skrll }
2047 1.1 skrll
2048 1.1.1.5 christos if (*pcpumatch)
2049 1.1.1.5 christos *pcpumatch = got_cpu_match;
2050 1.1 skrll
2051 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2052 1.1.1.5 christos }
2053 1.1.1.3 christos
2054 1.1.1.5 christos /* Swap operand tokens. */
2055 1.1 skrll
2056 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2057 1.1.1.5 christos swap_operand (expressionS *operand_array,
2058 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned source,
2059 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned destination)
2060 1.1.1.5 christos {
2061 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS cpy_operand;
2062 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *src_operand;
2063 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *dst_operand;
2064 1.1.1.5 christos size_t size;
2065 1.1.1.3 christos
2066 1.1.1.5 christos if (source == destination)
2067 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2068 1.1.1.3 christos
2069 1.1.1.5 christos src_operand = &operand_array[source];
2070 1.1.1.5 christos dst_operand = &operand_array[destination];
2071 1.1.1.5 christos size = sizeof (expressionS);
2072 1.1.1.5 christos
2073 1.1.1.5 christos /* Make copy of operand to swap with and swap. */
2074 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&cpy_operand, dst_operand, size);
2075 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (dst_operand, src_operand, size);
2076 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (src_operand, &cpy_operand, size);
2077 1.1.1.5 christos }
2078 1.1.1.5 christos
2079 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if *op matches *tok type.
2080 1.1.1.5 christos Returns FALSE if they don't match, TRUE if they match. */
2081 1.1.1.5 christos
2082 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
2083 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_operand_match (const expressionS *tok,
2084 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op)
2085 1.1.1.5 christos {
2086 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min, max, val;
2087 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean ret;
2088 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real = &arc_operands[op->operand_idx];
2089 1.1.1.5 christos
2090 1.1.1.5 christos ret = FALSE;
2091 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok->X_op)
2092 1.1.1.3 christos {
2093 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
2094 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->bits == 32 && (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM))
2095 1.1.1.5 christos ret = 1;
2096 1.1.1.5 christos else if (!(operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR))
2097 1.1.1.5 christos {
2098 1.1.1.5 christos val = tok->X_add_number + op->count;
2099 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2100 1.1.1.5 christos {
2101 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand_real->bits - 1)) - 1;
2102 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand_real->bits - 1));
2103 1.1.1.5 christos }
2104 1.1.1.5 christos else
2105 1.1.1.5 christos {
2106 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand_real->bits) - 1;
2107 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
2108 1.1.1.5 christos }
2109 1.1.1.5 christos if (min <= val && val <= max)
2110 1.1.1.5 christos ret = TRUE;
2111 1.1.1.5 christos }
2112 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2113 1.1.1.5 christos
2114 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
2115 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle all symbols as long immediates or signed 9. */
2116 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM
2117 1.1.1.6 christos || ((operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2118 1.1.1.6 christos && operand_real->bits == 9))
2119 1.1.1.5 christos ret = TRUE;
2120 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2121 1.1 skrll
2122 1.1.1.5 christos case O_register:
2123 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2124 1.1.1.5 christos ret = TRUE;
2125 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2126 1.1.1.3 christos
2127 1.1.1.5 christos case O_bracket:
2128 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2129 1.1.1.5 christos ret = TRUE;
2130 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2131 1.1 skrll
2132 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2133 1.1.1.5 christos /* Unknown. */
2134 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2135 1.1.1.3 christos }
2136 1.1.1.5 christos return ret;
2137 1.1.1.5 christos }
2138 1.1 skrll
2139 1.1.1.5 christos /* Find pseudo instruction in array. */
2140 1.1.1.5 christos
2141 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_pseudo_insn *
2142 1.1.1.5 christos find_pseudo_insn (const char *opname,
2143 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
2144 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok)
2145 1.1.1.5 christos {
2146 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2147 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *op;
2148 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2149 1.1.1.5 christos int j;
2150 1.1.1.5 christos
2151 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_pseudo_insn; ++i)
2152 1.1 skrll {
2153 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_insn = &arc_pseudo_insns[i];
2154 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_p, opname) == 0)
2155 1.1.1.5 christos {
2156 1.1.1.5 christos op = pseudo_insn->operand;
2157 1.1.1.5 christos for (j = 0; j < ntok; ++j)
2158 1.1.1.5 christos if (!pseudo_operand_match (&tok[j], &op[j]))
2159 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2160 1.1.1.5 christos
2161 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found the right instruction. */
2162 1.1.1.5 christos if (j == ntok)
2163 1.1.1.5 christos return pseudo_insn;
2164 1.1.1.5 christos }
2165 1.1 skrll }
2166 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2167 1.1.1.5 christos }
2168 1.1 skrll
2169 1.1.1.5 christos /* Assumes the expressionS *tok is of sufficient size. */
2170 1.1 skrll
2171 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2172 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case_pseudo (const char *opname,
2173 1.1.1.5 christos int *ntok,
2174 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2175 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2176 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2177 1.1.1.5 christos {
2178 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_pseudo_insn *pseudo_insn = NULL;
2179 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand_operation *operand_pseudo;
2180 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand_real;
2181 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
2182 1.1.1.5 christos char construct_operand[MAX_CONSTR_STR];
2183 1.1.1.3 christos
2184 1.1.1.5 christos /* Find whether opname is in pseudo instruction array. */
2185 1.1.1.5 christos pseudo_insn = find_pseudo_insn (opname, *ntok, tok);
2186 1.1 skrll
2187 1.1.1.5 christos if (pseudo_insn == NULL)
2188 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2189 1.1 skrll
2190 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle flag, Limited to one flag at the moment. */
2191 1.1.1.5 christos if (pseudo_insn->flag_r != NULL)
2192 1.1.1.5 christos *nflgs += tokenize_flags (pseudo_insn->flag_r, &pflags[*nflgs],
2193 1.1.1.5 christos MAX_INSN_FLGS - *nflgs);
2194 1.1 skrll
2195 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handle operand operations. */
2196 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2197 1.1.1.5 christos {
2198 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2199 1.1.1.5 christos operand_real = &arc_operands[operand_pseudo->operand_idx];
2200 1.1.1.3 christos
2201 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET
2202 1.1.1.6 christos && !operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2203 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2204 1.1.1.3 christos
2205 1.1.1.5 christos /* Has to be inserted (i.e. this token does not exist yet). */
2206 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_pseudo->needs_insert)
2207 1.1.1.5 christos {
2208 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_BRAKET)
2209 1.1.1.5 christos {
2210 1.1.1.5 christos tok[i].X_op = O_bracket;
2211 1.1.1.5 christos ++(*ntok);
2212 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2213 1.1.1.5 christos }
2214 1.1.1.3 christos
2215 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if operand is a register or constant and handle it
2216 1.1.1.5 christos by type. */
2217 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_real->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IR)
2218 1.1.1.5 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "r%d",
2219 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2220 1.1.1.5 christos else
2221 1.1.1.5 christos snprintf (construct_operand, MAX_CONSTR_STR, "%d",
2222 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo->count);
2223 1.1.1.3 christos
2224 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_arguments (construct_operand, &tok[i], 1);
2225 1.1.1.5 christos ++(*ntok);
2226 1.1.1.5 christos }
2227 1.1 skrll
2228 1.1.1.5 christos else if (operand_pseudo->count)
2229 1.1.1.5 christos {
2230 1.1.1.5 christos /* Operand number has to be adjusted accordingly (by operand
2231 1.1.1.5 christos type). */
2232 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok[i].X_op)
2233 1.1.1.5 christos {
2234 1.1.1.5 christos case O_constant:
2235 1.1.1.5 christos tok[i].X_add_number += operand_pseudo->count;
2236 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2237 1.1 skrll
2238 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
2239 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2240 1.1.1.3 christos
2241 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2242 1.1.1.5 christos /* Ignored. */
2243 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2244 1.1.1.5 christos }
2245 1.1.1.5 christos }
2246 1.1.1.3 christos }
2247 1.1.1.3 christos
2248 1.1.1.5 christos /* Swap operands if necessary. Only supports one swap at the
2249 1.1.1.5 christos moment. */
2250 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < pseudo_insn->operand_cnt; ++i)
2251 1.1.1.3 christos {
2252 1.1.1.5 christos operand_pseudo = &pseudo_insn->operand[i];
2253 1.1.1.5 christos
2254 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx == i)
2255 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2256 1.1.1.5 christos
2257 1.1.1.5 christos swap_operand (tok, i, operand_pseudo->swap_operand_idx);
2258 1.1.1.5 christos
2259 1.1.1.5 christos /* Prevent a swap back later by breaking out. */
2260 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2261 1.1 skrll }
2262 1.1.1.5 christos
2263 1.1.1.5 christos return arc_find_opcode (pseudo_insn->mnemonic_r);
2264 1.1.1.5 christos }
2265 1.1.1.5 christos
2266 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2267 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case_flag (const char *opname,
2268 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2269 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags)
2270 1.1.1.5 christos {
2271 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2272 1.1.1.5 christos const char *flagnm;
2273 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_idx, flag_arr_idx;
2274 1.1.1.5 christos size_t flaglen, oplen;
2275 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_special *arc_flag_special_opcode;
2276 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2277 1.1.1.5 christos
2278 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search for special case instruction. */
2279 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_flag_special; i++)
2280 1.1 skrll {
2281 1.1.1.5 christos arc_flag_special_opcode = &arc_flag_special_cases[i];
2282 1.1.1.5 christos oplen = strlen (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2283 1.1.1.5 christos
2284 1.1.1.5 christos if (strncmp (opname, arc_flag_special_opcode->name, oplen) != 0)
2285 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2286 1.1.1.5 christos
2287 1.1.1.5 christos /* Found a potential special case instruction, now test for
2288 1.1.1.5 christos flags. */
2289 1.1.1.5 christos for (flag_arr_idx = 0;; ++flag_arr_idx)
2290 1.1 skrll {
2291 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = arc_flag_special_opcode->flags[flag_arr_idx];
2292 1.1.1.5 christos if (flag_idx == 0)
2293 1.1.1.5 christos break; /* End of array, nothing found. */
2294 1.1.1.5 christos
2295 1.1.1.5 christos flagnm = arc_flag_operands[flag_idx].name;
2296 1.1.1.5 christos flaglen = strlen (flagnm);
2297 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (opname + oplen, flagnm) == 0)
2298 1.1.1.5 christos {
2299 1.1.1.5 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (arc_flag_special_opcode->name);
2300 1.1.1.5 christos
2301 1.1.1.5 christos if (*nflgs + 1 > MAX_INSN_FLGS)
2302 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2303 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (pflags[*nflgs].name, flagnm, flaglen);
2304 1.1.1.5 christos pflags[*nflgs].name[flaglen] = '\0';
2305 1.1.1.5 christos (*nflgs)++;
2306 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
2307 1.1.1.5 christos }
2308 1.1 skrll }
2309 1.1 skrll }
2310 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2311 1.1.1.5 christos }
2312 1.1 skrll
2313 1.1.1.5 christos /* Used to find special case opcode. */
2314 1.1 skrll
2315 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *
2316 1.1.1.5 christos find_special_case (const char *opname,
2317 1.1.1.5 christos int *nflgs,
2318 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2319 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2320 1.1.1.5 christos int *ntok)
2321 1.1 skrll {
2322 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2323 1.1 skrll
2324 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case_pseudo (opname, ntok, tok, nflgs, pflags);
2325 1.1.1.3 christos
2326 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
2327 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case_flag (opname, nflgs, pflags);
2328 1.1.1.3 christos
2329 1.1.1.5 christos return entry;
2330 1.1.1.5 christos }
2331 1.1.1.3 christos
2332 1.1.1.6 christos /* Autodetect cpu attribute list. */
2333 1.1.1.6 christos
2334 1.1.1.6 christos static void
2335 1.1.1.6 christos autodetect_attributes (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
2336 1.1.1.6 christos const expressionS *tok,
2337 1.1.1.6 christos int ntok)
2338 1.1.1.6 christos {
2339 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned i;
2340 1.1.1.6 christos struct mpy_type
2341 1.1.1.6 christos {
2342 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned feature;
2343 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned encoding;
2344 1.1.1.6 christos } mpy_list[] = {{ MPY1E, 1 }, { MPY6E, 6 }, { MPY7E, 7 }, { MPY8E, 8 },
2345 1.1.1.6 christos { MPY9E, 9 }};
2346 1.1.1.6 christos
2347 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
2348 1.1.1.6 christos if (opcode->subclass == feature_list[i].feature)
2349 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= feature_list[i].feature;
2350 1.1.1.6 christos
2351 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (mpy_list); i++)
2352 1.1.1.6 christos if (opcode->subclass == mpy_list[i].feature)
2353 1.1.1.6 christos mpy_option = mpy_list[i].encoding;
2354 1.1.1.6 christos
2355 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < (unsigned) ntok; i++)
2356 1.1.1.6 christos {
2357 1.1.1.6 christos switch (tok[i].X_md)
2358 1.1.1.6 christos {
2359 1.1.1.6 christos case O_gotoff:
2360 1.1.1.6 christos case O_gotpc:
2361 1.1.1.6 christos case O_plt:
2362 1.1.1.6 christos pic_option = 2;
2363 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2364 1.1.1.6 christos case O_sda:
2365 1.1.1.6 christos sda_option = 2;
2366 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2367 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tlsgd:
2368 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tlsie:
2369 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tpoff9:
2370 1.1.1.6 christos case O_tpoff:
2371 1.1.1.6 christos case O_dtpoff9:
2372 1.1.1.6 christos case O_dtpoff:
2373 1.1.1.6 christos tls_option = 1;
2374 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2375 1.1.1.6 christos default:
2376 1.1.1.6 christos break;
2377 1.1.1.6 christos }
2378 1.1.1.6 christos }
2379 1.1.1.6 christos }
2380 1.1.1.6 christos
2381 1.1.1.5 christos /* Given an opcode name, pre-tockenized set of argumenst and the
2382 1.1.1.5 christos opcode flags, take it all the way through emission. */
2383 1.1 skrll
2384 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2385 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_tokens (const char *opname,
2386 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS *tok,
2387 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
2388 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags *pflags,
2389 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs)
2390 1.1.1.5 christos {
2391 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean found_something = FALSE;
2392 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode_hash_entry *entry;
2393 1.1.1.5 christos int cpumatch = 1;
2394 1.1.1.6 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2395 1.1 skrll
2396 1.1.1.5 christos /* Search opcodes. */
2397 1.1.1.5 christos entry = arc_find_opcode (opname);
2398 1.1 skrll
2399 1.1.1.5 christos /* Couldn't find opcode conventional way, try special cases. */
2400 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry == NULL)
2401 1.1.1.5 christos entry = find_special_case (opname, &nflgs, pflags, tok, &ntok);
2402 1.1.1.5 christos
2403 1.1.1.5 christos if (entry != NULL)
2404 1.1.1.3 christos {
2405 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
2406 1.1.1.5 christos
2407 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_tokens: %s\n",
2408 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opname);
2409 1.1.1.5 christos found_something = TRUE;
2410 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = find_opcode_match (entry, tok, &ntok, pflags,
2411 1.1.1.6 christos nflgs, &cpumatch, &errmsg);
2412 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode != NULL)
2413 1.1.1.3 christos {
2414 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_insn insn;
2415 1.1.1.5 christos
2416 1.1.1.6 christos autodetect_attributes (opcode, tok, ntok);
2417 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_insn (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflgs, &insn);
2418 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn (&insn);
2419 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2420 1.1.1.3 christos }
2421 1.1.1.3 christos }
2422 1.1 skrll
2423 1.1.1.5 christos if (found_something)
2424 1.1.1.5 christos {
2425 1.1.1.5 christos if (cpumatch)
2426 1.1.1.6 christos if (errmsg)
2427 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("%s for instruction '%s'"), errmsg, opname);
2428 1.1.1.6 christos else
2429 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("inappropriate arguments for opcode '%s'"), opname);
2430 1.1.1.5 christos else
2431 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("opcode '%s' not supported for target %s"), opname,
2432 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.name);
2433 1.1.1.5 christos }
2434 1.1.1.5 christos else
2435 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("unknown opcode '%s'"), opname);
2436 1.1 skrll }
2437 1.1 skrll
2438 1.1.1.5 christos /* The public interface to the instruction assembler. */
2439 1.1.1.3 christos
2440 1.1.1.3 christos void
2441 1.1.1.5 christos md_assemble (char *str)
2442 1.1 skrll {
2443 1.1.1.5 christos char *opname;
2444 1.1.1.5 christos expressionS tok[MAX_INSN_ARGS];
2445 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok, nflg;
2446 1.1.1.5 christos size_t opnamelen;
2447 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flags flags[MAX_INSN_FLGS];
2448 1.1.1.3 christos
2449 1.1.1.5 christos /* Split off the opcode. */
2450 1.1.1.5 christos opnamelen = strspn (str, "abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz_0123468");
2451 1.1.1.5 christos opname = xmemdup0 (str, opnamelen);
2452 1.1.1.3 christos
2453 1.1.1.6 christos /* Signalize we are assembling the instructions. */
2454 1.1.1.5 christos assembling_insn = TRUE;
2455 1.1.1.3 christos
2456 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tokenize the flags. */
2457 1.1.1.5 christos if ((nflg = tokenize_flags (str + opnamelen, flags, MAX_INSN_FLGS)) == -1)
2458 1.1.1.5 christos {
2459 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2460 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2461 1.1.1.3 christos }
2462 1.1.1.3 christos
2463 1.1.1.5 christos /* Scan up to the end of the mnemonic which must end in space or end
2464 1.1.1.5 christos of string. */
2465 1.1.1.5 christos str += opnamelen;
2466 1.1.1.5 christos for (; *str != '\0'; str++)
2467 1.1.1.5 christos if (*str == ' ')
2468 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2469 1.1 skrll
2470 1.1.1.5 christos /* Tokenize the rest of the line. */
2471 1.1.1.5 christos if ((ntok = tokenize_arguments (str, tok, MAX_INSN_ARGS)) < 0)
2472 1.1.1.3 christos {
2473 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("syntax error"));
2474 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2475 1.1.1.3 christos }
2476 1.1.1.5 christos
2477 1.1.1.5 christos /* Finish it off. */
2478 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_tokens (opname, tok, ntok, flags, nflg);
2479 1.1.1.5 christos assembling_insn = FALSE;
2480 1.1.1.3 christos }
2481 1.1 skrll
2482 1.1.1.5 christos /* Callback to insert a register into the hash table. */
2483 1.1.1.3 christos
2484 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2485 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (const char *name, int number)
2486 1.1.1.3 christos {
2487 1.1.1.5 christos const char *err;
2488 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *regS = symbol_create (name, reg_section,
2489 1.1.1.5 christos number, &zero_address_frag);
2490 1.1.1.3 christos
2491 1.1.1.5 christos err = hash_insert (arc_reg_hash, S_GET_NAME (regS), (void *) regS);
2492 1.1.1.5 christos if (err)
2493 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Inserting \"%s\" into register table failed: %s"),
2494 1.1.1.5 christos name, err);
2495 1.1.1.5 christos }
2496 1.1.1.3 christos
2497 1.1.1.5 christos /* Construct symbols for each of the general registers. */
2498 1.1.1.3 christos
2499 1.1.1.5 christos static void
2500 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register_set (void)
2501 1.1.1.5 christos {
2502 1.1.1.5 christos int i;
2503 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < 64; ++i)
2504 1.1.1.3 christos {
2505 1.1.1.5 christos char name[7];
2506 1.1.1.5 christos
2507 1.1.1.5 christos sprintf (name, "r%d", i);
2508 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (name, i);
2509 1.1.1.5 christos if ((i & 0x01) == 0)
2510 1.1.1.5 christos {
2511 1.1.1.5 christos sprintf (name, "r%dr%d", i, i+1);
2512 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (name, i);
2513 1.1.1.5 christos }
2514 1.1.1.3 christos }
2515 1.1.1.3 christos }
2516 1.1.1.3 christos
2517 1.1.1.6 christos /* Construct a symbol for an address type. */
2518 1.1.1.6 christos
2519 1.1.1.6 christos static void
2520 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype (const char *name, int number)
2521 1.1.1.6 christos {
2522 1.1.1.6 christos const char *err;
2523 1.1.1.6 christos symbolS *addrtypeS = symbol_create (name, undefined_section,
2524 1.1.1.6 christos number, &zero_address_frag);
2525 1.1.1.6 christos
2526 1.1.1.6 christos err = hash_insert (arc_addrtype_hash, S_GET_NAME (addrtypeS),
2527 1.1.1.6 christos (void *) addrtypeS);
2528 1.1.1.6 christos if (err)
2529 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("Inserting \"%s\" into address type table failed: %s"),
2530 1.1.1.6 christos name, err);
2531 1.1.1.6 christos }
2532 1.1.1.6 christos
2533 1.1.1.5 christos /* Port-specific assembler initialization. This function is called
2534 1.1.1.5 christos once, at assembler startup time. */
2535 1.1.1.5 christos
2536 1.1.1.5 christos void
2537 1.1.1.5 christos md_begin (void)
2538 1.1.1.5 christos {
2539 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode = arc_opcodes;
2540 1.1.1.5 christos
2541 1.1.1.6 christos if (mach_selection_mode == MACH_SELECTION_NONE)
2542 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (TARGET_WITH_CPU, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_DEFAULT);
2543 1.1.1.3 christos
2544 1.1.1.5 christos /* The endianness can be chosen "at the factory". */
2545 1.1.1.5 christos target_big_endian = byte_order == BIG_ENDIAN;
2546 1.1.1.3 christos
2547 1.1.1.6 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
2548 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
2549 1.1.1.3 christos
2550 1.1.1.5 christos /* Set elf header flags. */
2551 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
2552 1.1.1.3 christos
2553 1.1.1.5 christos /* Set up a hash table for the instructions. */
2554 1.1.1.5 christos arc_opcode_hash = hash_new ();
2555 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_opcode_hash == NULL)
2556 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
2557 1.1.1.3 christos
2558 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the hash table with the insns. */
2559 1.1.1.5 christos do
2560 1.1.1.3 christos {
2561 1.1.1.5 christos const char *name = opcode->name;
2562 1.1.1.3 christos
2563 1.1.1.5 christos arc_insert_opcode (opcode);
2564 1.1.1.3 christos
2565 1.1.1.5 christos while (++opcode && opcode->name
2566 1.1.1.5 christos && (opcode->name == name
2567 1.1.1.5 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, name)))
2568 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2569 1.1.1.5 christos }while (opcode->name);
2570 1.1.1.3 christos
2571 1.1.1.5 christos /* Register declaration. */
2572 1.1.1.5 christos arc_reg_hash = hash_new ();
2573 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_reg_hash == NULL)
2574 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
2575 1.1.1.3 christos
2576 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register_set ();
2577 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("gp", 26);
2578 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("fp", 27);
2579 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("sp", 28);
2580 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink", 29);
2581 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink1", 29);
2582 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("ilink2", 30);
2583 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("blink", 31);
2584 1.1 skrll
2585 1.1.1.5 christos /* XY memory registers. */
2586 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_u0", 32);
2587 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_u1", 33);
2588 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_u0", 34);
2589 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_u1", 35);
2590 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_u0", 36);
2591 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_u1", 37);
2592 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_u0", 38);
2593 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_u1", 39);
2594 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_u0", 40);
2595 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_u1", 41);
2596 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_u0", 42);
2597 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_u1", 43);
2598 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_u0", 44);
2599 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_u1", 45);
2600 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_u0", 46);
2601 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_u1", 47);
2602 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x0_nu", 48);
2603 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x1_nu", 49);
2604 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x2_nu", 50);
2605 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("x3_nu", 51);
2606 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y0_nu", 52);
2607 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y1_nu", 53);
2608 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y2_nu", 54);
2609 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("y3_nu", 55);
2610 1.1 skrll
2611 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mlo", 57);
2612 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mmid", 58);
2613 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("mhi", 59);
2614 1.1.1.3 christos
2615 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("acc1", 56);
2616 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("acc2", 57);
2617 1.1.1.3 christos
2618 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("lp_count", 60);
2619 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register ("pcl", 63);
2620 1.1 skrll
2621 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the last instructions. */
2622 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&arc_last_insns[0], 0, sizeof (arc_last_insns));
2623 1.1 skrll
2624 1.1.1.5 christos /* Aux register declaration. */
2625 1.1.1.5 christos arc_aux_hash = hash_new ();
2626 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_aux_hash == NULL)
2627 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
2628 1.1 skrll
2629 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_aux_reg *auxr = &arc_aux_regs[0];
2630 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
2631 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_aux_regs; i++, auxr++)
2632 1.1.1.5 christos {
2633 1.1.1.5 christos const char *retval;
2634 1.1 skrll
2635 1.1.1.6 christos if (!(auxr->cpu & selected_cpu.flags))
2636 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2637 1.1 skrll
2638 1.1.1.5 christos if ((auxr->subclass != NONE)
2639 1.1.1.5 christos && !check_cpu_feature (auxr->subclass))
2640 1.1.1.5 christos continue;
2641 1.1 skrll
2642 1.1.1.5 christos retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
2643 1.1.1.5 christos if (retval)
2644 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
2645 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->name, retval);
2646 1.1.1.3 christos }
2647 1.1.1.6 christos
2648 1.1.1.6 christos /* Address type declaration. */
2649 1.1.1.6 christos arc_addrtype_hash = hash_new ();
2650 1.1.1.6 christos if (arc_addrtype_hash == NULL)
2651 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
2652 1.1.1.6 christos
2653 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("bd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_BD);
2654 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("jid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_JID);
2655 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("lbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_LBD);
2656 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("mbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_MBD);
2657 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("sd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SD);
2658 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("sm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_SM);
2659 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("xa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XA);
2660 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("xd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_XD);
2661 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CD);
2662 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CBD);
2663 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cjid", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CJID);
2664 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("clbd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CLBD);
2665 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cm", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CM);
2666 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("csd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CSD);
2667 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cxa", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXA);
2668 1.1.1.6 christos declare_addrtype ("cxd", ARC_NPS400_ADDRTYPE_CXD);
2669 1.1.1.3 christos }
2670 1.1.1.3 christos
2671 1.1.1.5 christos /* Write a value out to the object file, using the appropriate
2672 1.1.1.5 christos endianness. */
2673 1.1.1.5 christos
2674 1.1.1.3 christos void
2675 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars (char *buf,
2676 1.1.1.5 christos valueT val,
2677 1.1.1.5 christos int n)
2678 1.1.1.3 christos {
2679 1.1.1.5 christos if (target_big_endian)
2680 1.1.1.5 christos number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
2681 1.1.1.5 christos else
2682 1.1.1.5 christos number_to_chars_littleendian (buf, val, n);
2683 1.1.1.5 christos }
2684 1.1.1.3 christos
2685 1.1.1.5 christos /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
2686 1.1.1.3 christos
2687 1.1.1.5 christos valueT
2688 1.1.1.5 christos md_section_align (segT segment,
2689 1.1.1.5 christos valueT size)
2690 1.1.1.5 christos {
2691 1.1.1.5 christos int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
2692 1.1.1.5 christos
2693 1.1.1.5 christos return ((size + (1 << align) - 1) & (-((valueT) 1 << align)));
2694 1.1.1.3 christos }
2695 1.1.1.3 christos
2696 1.1.1.5 christos /* The location from which a PC relative jump should be calculated,
2697 1.1.1.5 christos given a PC relative reloc. */
2698 1.1.1.5 christos
2699 1.1.1.5 christos long
2700 1.1.1.5 christos md_pcrel_from_section (fixS *fixP,
2701 1.1.1.5 christos segT sec)
2702 1.1.1.3 christos {
2703 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT base = fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2704 1.1.1.5 christos
2705 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("pcrel_from_section, fx_offset = %d\n", (int) fixP->fx_offset);
2706 1.1.1.5 christos
2707 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != (symbolS *) NULL
2708 1.1.1.5 christos && (!S_IS_DEFINED (fixP->fx_addsy)
2709 1.1.1.5 christos || S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != sec))
2710 1.1.1.5 christos {
2711 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("Unknown pcrel symbol: %s\n", S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy));
2712 1.1.1.5 christos
2713 1.1.1.5 christos /* The symbol is undefined (or is defined but not in this section).
2714 1.1.1.5 christos Let the linker figure it out. */
2715 1.1.1.5 christos return 0;
2716 1.1.1.5 christos }
2717 1.1.1.3 christos
2718 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
2719 1.1.1.5 christos {
2720 1.1.1.5 christos /* These are the "internal" relocations. Align them to
2721 1.1.1.5 christos 32 bit boundary (PCL), for the moment. */
2722 1.1.1.5 christos base &= ~3;
2723 1.1.1.5 christos }
2724 1.1.1.5 christos else
2725 1.1.1.3 christos {
2726 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2727 1.1.1.3 christos {
2728 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
2729 1.1.1.5 christos /* The hardware calculates relative to the start of the
2730 1.1.1.5 christos insn, but this relocation is relative to location of the
2731 1.1.1.5 christos LIMM, compensate. The base always needs to be
2732 1.1.1.6 christos subtracted by 4 as we do not support this type of PCrel
2733 1.1.1.5 christos relocation for short instructions. */
2734 1.1.1.5 christos base -= 4;
2735 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2736 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
2737 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
2738 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
2739 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
2740 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
2741 1.1.1.3 christos
2742 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
2743 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
2744 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
2745 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
2746 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
2747 1.1.1.5 christos base &= ~3;
2748 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2749 1.1.1.3 christos default:
2750 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
2751 1.1.1.5 christos _("unhandled reloc %s in md_pcrel_from_section"),
2752 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
2753 1.1.1.3 christos break;
2754 1.1 skrll }
2755 1.1.1.3 christos }
2756 1.1.1.5 christos
2757 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("pcrel from %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x + %lx = %"BFD_VMA_FMT"x, "
2758 1.1.1.5 christos "symbol: %s (%"BFD_VMA_FMT"x)\n",
2759 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_frag->fr_address, fixP->fx_where, base,
2760 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fixP->fx_addsy) : "(null)",
2761 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_addsy ? S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy) : 0);
2762 1.1.1.5 christos
2763 1.1.1.5 christos return base;
2764 1.1.1.3 christos }
2765 1.1.1.3 christos
2766 1.1.1.6 christos /* Given a BFD relocation find the corresponding operand. */
2767 1.1.1.3 christos
2768 1.1.1.5 christos static const struct arc_operand *
2769 1.1.1.5 christos find_operand_for_reloc (extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
2770 1.1.1.3 christos {
2771 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
2772 1.1.1.3 christos
2773 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_operands; i++)
2774 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_operands[i].default_reloc == reloc)
2775 1.1.1.5 christos return &arc_operands[i];
2776 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
2777 1.1.1.5 christos }
2778 1.1 skrll
2779 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert an operand value into an instruction. */
2780 1.1.1.3 christos
2781 1.1.1.6 christos static unsigned long long
2782 1.1.1.6 christos insert_operand (unsigned long long insn,
2783 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand,
2784 1.1.1.6 christos long long val,
2785 1.1.1.5 christos const char *file,
2786 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned line)
2787 1.1.1.5 christos {
2788 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT min = 0, max = 0;
2789 1.1.1.3 christos
2790 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->bits != 32
2791 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_NCHK)
2792 1.1.1.5 christos && !(operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_FAKE))
2793 1.1.1.5 christos {
2794 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_SIGNED)
2795 1.1 skrll {
2796 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << (operand->bits - 1)) - 1;
2797 1.1.1.5 christos min = -(1 << (operand->bits - 1));
2798 1.1.1.3 christos }
2799 1.1.1.3 christos else
2800 1.1.1.5 christos {
2801 1.1.1.5 christos max = (1 << operand->bits) - 1;
2802 1.1.1.5 christos min = 0;
2803 1.1.1.5 christos }
2804 1.1.1.5 christos
2805 1.1.1.5 christos if (val < min || val > max)
2806 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_value_out_of_range (_("operand"),
2807 1.1.1.5 christos val, min, max, file, line);
2808 1.1.1.3 christos }
2809 1.1 skrll
2810 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("insert field: %ld <= %lld <= %ld in 0x%08llx\n",
2811 1.1.1.5 christos min, val, max, insn);
2812 1.1 skrll
2813 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2814 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x03))
2815 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2816 1.1.1.5 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 32bit aligned"));
2817 1.1 skrll
2818 1.1.1.5 christos if ((operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2819 1.1.1.5 christos && (val & 0x01))
2820 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (file, line,
2821 1.1.1.5 christos _("Unaligned operand. Needs to be 16bit aligned"));
2822 1.1 skrll
2823 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->insert)
2824 1.1.1.5 christos {
2825 1.1.1.5 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
2826 1.1 skrll
2827 1.1.1.5 christos insn = (*operand->insert) (insn, val, &errmsg);
2828 1.1.1.5 christos if (errmsg)
2829 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn_where (file, line, "%s", errmsg);
2830 1.1.1.5 christos }
2831 1.1.1.5 christos else
2832 1.1.1.5 christos {
2833 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_TRUNCATE)
2834 1.1.1.5 christos {
2835 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED32)
2836 1.1.1.5 christos val >>= 2;
2837 1.1.1.5 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_ALIGNED16)
2838 1.1.1.5 christos val >>= 1;
2839 1.1.1.5 christos }
2840 1.1.1.5 christos insn |= ((val & ((1 << operand->bits) - 1)) << operand->shift);
2841 1.1.1.5 christos }
2842 1.1.1.5 christos return insn;
2843 1.1.1.3 christos }
2844 1.1 skrll
2845 1.1.1.5 christos /* Apply a fixup to the object code. At this point all symbol values
2846 1.1.1.5 christos should be fully resolved, and we attempt to completely resolve the
2847 1.1.1.5 christos reloc. If we can not do that, we determine the correct reloc code
2848 1.1.1.5 christos and put it back in the fixup. To indicate that a fixup has been
2849 1.1.1.5 christos eliminated, set fixP->fx_done. */
2850 1.1 skrll
2851 1.1.1.5 christos void
2852 1.1.1.5 christos md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP,
2853 1.1.1.5 christos valueT *valP,
2854 1.1.1.5 christos segT seg)
2855 1.1.1.3 christos {
2856 1.1.1.5 christos char * const fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
2857 1.1.1.5 christos valueT value = *valP;
2858 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned insn = 0;
2859 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *fx_addsy, *fx_subsy;
2860 1.1.1.5 christos offsetT fx_offset;
2861 1.1.1.5 christos segT add_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2862 1.1.1.5 christos segT sub_symbol_segment = absolute_section;
2863 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = NULL;
2864 1.1.1.5 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc;
2865 1.1 skrll
2866 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
2867 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
2868 1.1.1.5 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
2869 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
2870 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset);
2871 1.1.1.3 christos
2872 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = fixP->fx_addsy;
2873 1.1.1.5 christos fx_subsy = fixP->fx_subsy;
2874 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset = 0;
2875 1.1.1.3 christos
2876 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy)
2877 1.1.1.5 christos {
2878 1.1.1.5 christos add_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy);
2879 1.1.1.5 christos }
2880 1.1 skrll
2881 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_subsy
2882 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF
2883 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9
2884 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_r_type != BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD)
2885 1.1.1.5 christos {
2886 1.1.1.5 christos resolve_symbol_value (fx_subsy);
2887 1.1.1.5 christos sub_symbol_segment = S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_subsy);
2888 1.1.1.3 christos
2889 1.1.1.5 christos if (sub_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2890 1.1.1.5 christos {
2891 1.1.1.5 christos /* The symbol is really a constant. */
2892 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset -= S_GET_VALUE (fx_subsy);
2893 1.1.1.5 christos fx_subsy = NULL;
2894 1.1.1.5 christos }
2895 1.1.1.5 christos else
2896 1.1.1.5 christos {
2897 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
2898 1.1.1.5 christos _("can't resolve `%s' {%s section} - `%s' {%s section}"),
2899 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy ? S_GET_NAME (fx_addsy) : "0",
2900 1.1.1.5 christos segment_name (add_symbol_segment),
2901 1.1.1.5 christos S_GET_NAME (fx_subsy),
2902 1.1.1.5 christos segment_name (sub_symbol_segment));
2903 1.1.1.5 christos return;
2904 1.1.1.5 christos }
2905 1.1.1.5 christos }
2906 1.1.1.3 christos
2907 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy
2908 1.1.1.5 christos && !S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy))
2909 1.1.1.3 christos {
2910 1.1.1.5 christos if (add_symbol_segment == seg
2911 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_pcrel)
2912 1.1.1.3 christos {
2913 1.1.1.5 christos value += S_GET_VALUE (fx_addsy);
2914 1.1.1.5 christos value -= md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2915 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2916 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
2917 1.1.1.3 christos }
2918 1.1.1.5 christos else if (add_symbol_segment == absolute_section)
2919 1.1.1.5 christos {
2920 1.1.1.5 christos value = fixP->fx_offset;
2921 1.1.1.5 christos fx_offset += S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_addsy);
2922 1.1.1.5 christos fx_addsy = NULL;
2923 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_pcrel = FALSE;
2924 1.1.1.5 christos }
2925 1.1.1.5 christos }
2926 1.1 skrll
2927 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fx_addsy)
2928 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_done = TRUE;
2929 1.1.1.3 christos
2930 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_pcrel)
2931 1.1.1.5 christos {
2932 1.1.1.5 christos if (fx_addsy
2933 1.1.1.5 christos && ((S_IS_DEFINED (fx_addsy)
2934 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fx_addsy) != seg)
2935 1.1.1.5 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fx_addsy)))
2936 1.1.1.5 christos value += md_pcrel_from_section (fixP, seg);
2937 1.1.1.3 christos
2938 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
2939 1.1.1.5 christos {
2940 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
2941 1.1.1.5 christos /* This is a pc-relative value in a LIMM. Adjust it to the
2942 1.1.1.5 christos address of the instruction not to the address of the
2943 1.1.1.6 christos LIMM. Note: it is not any longer valid this affirmation as
2944 1.1.1.5 christos the linker consider ARC_PC32 a fixup to entire 64 bit
2945 1.1.1.5 christos insn. */
2946 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2947 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2948 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
2949 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_r_type = BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32;
2950 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2951 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
2952 1.1.1.5 christos /* fixP->fx_offset += fixP->fx_where - fixP->fx_dot_value; */
2953 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2954 1.1.1.5 christos default:
2955 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0)
2956 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
2957 1.1.1.6 christos _("PC relative relocation not allowed for (internal)"
2958 1.1.1.6 christos " type %d"),
2959 1.1.1.6 christos fixP->fx_r_type);
2960 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2961 1.1.1.5 christos }
2962 1.1.1.3 christos }
2963 1.1.1.3 christos
2964 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%u: apply_fix: r_type=%d (%s) value=0x%lX offset=0x%lX\n",
2965 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line, fixP->fx_r_type,
2966 1.1.1.5 christos ((int) fixP->fx_r_type < 0) ? "Internal":
2967 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type), value,
2968 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset);
2969 1.1.1.3 christos
2970 1.1.1.3 christos
2971 1.1.1.5 christos /* Now check for TLS relocations. */
2972 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
2973 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
2974 1.1.1.3 christos {
2975 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
2976 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
2977 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_done)
2978 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2979 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2980 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_GOT:
2981 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_IE_GOT:
2982 1.1.1.5 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
2983 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2984 1.1.1.3 christos
2985 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_LD:
2986 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_offset);
2987 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_subsy)
2988 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_offset
2989 1.1.1.5 christos = (S_GET_VALUE (fixP->fx_subsy)
2990 1.1.1.5 christos - fixP->fx_frag->fr_address- fixP->fx_where);
2991 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_subsy = NULL;
2992 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
2993 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_GD_CALL:
2994 1.1.1.5 christos /* These two relocs are there just to allow ld to change the tls
2995 1.1.1.5 christos model for this symbol, by patching the code. The offset -
2996 1.1.1.5 christos and scale, if any - will be installed by the linker. */
2997 1.1.1.5 christos S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
2998 1.1.1.5 christos break;
2999 1.1 skrll
3000 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_S9:
3001 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF_S9:
3002 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
3003 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3004 1.1.1.3 christos
3005 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3006 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3007 1.1.1.5 christos }
3008 1.1.1.3 christos
3009 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fixP->fx_done)
3010 1.1.1.5 christos {
3011 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3012 1.1.1.5 christos }
3013 1.1.1.3 christos
3014 1.1.1.6 christos /* Adjust the value if we have a constant. */
3015 1.1.1.5 christos value += fx_offset;
3016 1.1.1.3 christos
3017 1.1.1.5 christos /* For hosts with longs bigger than 32-bits make sure that the top
3018 1.1.1.5 christos bits of a 32-bit negative value read in by the parser are set,
3019 1.1.1.5 christos so that the correct comparisons are made. */
3020 1.1.1.5 christos if (value & 0x80000000)
3021 1.1.1.5 christos value |= (-1UL << 31);
3022 1.1.1.3 christos
3023 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = fixP->fx_r_type;
3024 1.1.1.5 christos switch (reloc)
3025 1.1.1.3 christos {
3026 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_8:
3027 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_16:
3028 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_24:
3029 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_32:
3030 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_64:
3031 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL:
3032 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3033 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3034 1.1.1.3 christos
3035 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
3036 1.1.1.5 christos /* I cannot fix an GOTPC relocation because I need to relax it
3037 1.1.1.5 christos from ld rx,[pcl,@sym@gotpc] to add rx,pcl,@sym@gotpc. */
3038 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unsupported operation on reloc"));
3039 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3040 1.1.1.3 christos
3041 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_DTPOFF:
3042 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_TLS_LE_32:
3043 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_addsy);
3044 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_subsy);
3045 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3046 1.1.1.3 christos
3047 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTOFF:
3048 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_ME:
3049 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PC32:
3050 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3051 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3052 1.1.1.3 christos
3053 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
3054 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, value, fixP->fx_size);
3055 1.1.1.5 christos return;
3056 1.1.1.3 christos
3057 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
3058 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3059 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3060 1.1.1.3 christos
3061 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
3062 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL;
3063 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3064 1.1.1.3 christos
3065 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
3066 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL;
3067 1.1.1.5 christos goto solve_plt;
3068 1.1.1.3 christos
3069 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
3070 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL;
3071 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3072 1.1.1.3 christos
3073 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL:
3074 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL:
3075 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL:
3076 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL:
3077 1.1.1.5 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S13_PCREL:
3078 1.1.1.5 christos solve_plt:
3079 1.1.1.5 christos operand = find_operand_for_reloc (reloc);
3080 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (operand);
3081 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3082 1.1.1.3 christos
3083 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3084 1.1.1.5 christos {
3085 1.1.1.5 christos if ((int) fixP->fx_r_type >= 0)
3086 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("unhandled relocation type %s"),
3087 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (fixP->fx_r_type));
3088 1.1.1.3 christos
3089 1.1.1.5 christos /* The rest of these fixups needs to be completely resolved as
3090 1.1.1.5 christos constants. */
3091 1.1.1.5 christos if (fixP->fx_addsy != 0
3092 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) != absolute_section)
3093 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3094 1.1.1.5 christos _("non-absolute expression in constant field"));
3095 1.1.1.5 christos
3096 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (-(int) fixP->fx_r_type < (int) arc_num_operands);
3097 1.1.1.5 christos operand = &arc_operands[-(int) fixP->fx_r_type];
3098 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3099 1.1.1.5 christos }
3100 1.1.1.3 christos }
3101 1.1.1.3 christos
3102 1.1.1.5 christos if (target_big_endian)
3103 1.1.1.5 christos {
3104 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3105 1.1.1.5 christos {
3106 1.1.1.5 christos case 4:
3107 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getb32 (fixpos);
3108 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3109 1.1.1.5 christos case 2:
3110 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getb16 (fixpos);
3111 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3112 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3113 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3114 1.1.1.5 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3115 1.1.1.5 christos }
3116 1.1.1.5 christos }
3117 1.1.1.5 christos else
3118 1.1.1.5 christos {
3119 1.1.1.5 christos insn = 0;
3120 1.1.1.5 christos switch (fixP->fx_size)
3121 1.1.1.5 christos {
3122 1.1.1.5 christos case 4:
3123 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos) << 16 | bfd_getl16 (fixpos + 2);
3124 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3125 1.1.1.5 christos case 2:
3126 1.1.1.5 christos insn = bfd_getl16 (fixpos);
3127 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3128 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3129 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3130 1.1.1.5 christos _("unknown fixup size"));
3131 1.1.1.5 christos }
3132 1.1.1.5 christos }
3133 1.1.1.3 christos
3134 1.1.1.5 christos insn = insert_operand (insn, operand, (offsetT) value,
3135 1.1.1.5 christos fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
3136 1.1.1.3 christos
3137 1.1.1.5 christos md_number_to_chars_midend (fixpos, insn, fixP->fx_size);
3138 1.1.1.5 christos }
3139 1.1.1.3 christos
3140 1.1.1.5 christos /* Prepare machine-dependent frags for relaxation.
3141 1.1.1.3 christos
3142 1.1.1.5 christos Called just before relaxation starts. Any symbol that is now undefined
3143 1.1.1.5 christos will not become defined.
3144 1.1.1.3 christos
3145 1.1.1.5 christos Return the correct fr_subtype in the frag.
3146 1.1.1.3 christos
3147 1.1.1.5 christos Return the initial "guess for fr_var" to caller. The guess for fr_var
3148 1.1.1.5 christos is *actually* the growth beyond fr_fix. Whatever we do to grow fr_fix
3149 1.1.1.5 christos or fr_var contributes to our returned value.
3150 1.1.1.3 christos
3151 1.1.1.5 christos Although it may not be explicit in the frag, pretend
3152 1.1.1.5 christos fr_var starts with a value. */
3153 1.1.1.3 christos
3154 1.1.1.5 christos int
3155 1.1.1.5 christos md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP,
3156 1.1.1.5 christos segT segment)
3157 1.1.1.3 christos {
3158 1.1.1.5 christos int growth;
3159 1.1.1.5 christos
3160 1.1.1.5 christos /* If the symbol is not located within the same section AND it's not
3161 1.1.1.5 christos an absolute section, use the maximum. OR if the symbol is a
3162 1.1.1.5 christos constant AND the insn is by nature not pc-rel, use the maximum.
3163 1.1.1.5 christos OR if the symbol is being equated against another symbol, use the
3164 1.1.1.5 christos maximum. OR if the symbol is weak use the maximum. */
3165 1.1.1.5 christos if ((S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != segment
3166 1.1.1.5 christos && S_GET_SEGMENT (fragP->fr_symbol) != absolute_section)
3167 1.1.1.5 christos || (symbol_constant_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3168 1.1.1.5 christos && !fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
3169 1.1.1.5 christos || symbol_equated_p (fragP->fr_symbol)
3170 1.1.1.5 christos || S_IS_WEAK (fragP->fr_symbol))
3171 1.1.1.5 christos {
3172 1.1.1.5 christos while (md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_more != ARC_RLX_NONE)
3173 1.1.1.5 christos ++fragP->fr_subtype;
3174 1.1.1.5 christos }
3175 1.1.1.3 christos
3176 1.1.1.5 christos growth = md_relax_table[fragP->fr_subtype].rlx_length;
3177 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_var = growth;
3178 1.1.1.3 christos
3179 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_estimate_size_before_relax: %d\n",
3180 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line, growth);
3181 1.1.1.3 christos
3182 1.1.1.5 christos return growth;
3183 1.1.1.3 christos }
3184 1.1.1.3 christos
3185 1.1.1.5 christos /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
3186 1.1.1.5 christos format. */
3187 1.1.1.3 christos
3188 1.1.1.5 christos arelent *
3189 1.1.1.5 christos tc_gen_reloc (asection *section ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3190 1.1.1.5 christos fixS *fixP)
3191 1.1.1.3 christos {
3192 1.1.1.5 christos arelent *reloc;
3193 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
3194 1.1.1.3 christos
3195 1.1.1.5 christos reloc = XNEW (arelent);
3196 1.1.1.5 christos reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = XNEW (asymbol *);
3197 1.1.1.5 christos *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixP->fx_addsy);
3198 1.1.1.5 christos reloc->address = fixP->fx_frag->fr_address + fixP->fx_where;
3199 1.1.1.3 christos
3200 1.1.1.5 christos /* Make sure none of our internal relocations make it this far.
3201 1.1.1.5 christos They'd better have been fully resolved by this point. */
3202 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert ((int) fixP->fx_r_type > 0);
3203 1.1.1.3 christos
3204 1.1.1.5 christos code = fixP->fx_r_type;
3205 1.1.1.3 christos
3206 1.1.1.5 christos /* if we have something like add gp, pcl,
3207 1.1.1.5 christos _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_@gotpc. */
3208 1.1.1.5 christos if (code == BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32
3209 1.1.1.5 christos && GOT_symbol
3210 1.1.1.5 christos && fixP->fx_addsy == GOT_symbol)
3211 1.1.1.5 christos code = BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC;
3212 1.1.1.3 christos
3213 1.1.1.5 christos reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput, code);
3214 1.1.1.5 christos if (reloc->howto == NULL)
3215 1.1.1.5 christos {
3216 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
3217 1.1.1.5 christos _("cannot represent `%s' relocation in object file"),
3218 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3219 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
3220 1.1.1.5 christos }
3221 1.1.1.3 christos
3222 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fixP->fx_pcrel != !reloc->howto->pc_relative)
3223 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("internal error? cannot generate `%s' relocation"),
3224 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (code));
3225 1.1.1.5 christos
3226 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (!fixP->fx_pcrel == !reloc->howto->pc_relative);
3227 1.1.1.5 christos
3228 1.1.1.6 christos reloc->addend = fixP->fx_offset;
3229 1.1.1.5 christos
3230 1.1.1.5 christos return reloc;
3231 1.1.1.3 christos }
3232 1.1.1.3 christos
3233 1.1.1.5 christos /* Perform post-processing of machine-dependent frags after relaxation.
3234 1.1.1.5 christos Called after relaxation is finished.
3235 1.1.1.5 christos In: Address of frag.
3236 1.1.1.5 christos fr_type == rs_machine_dependent.
3237 1.1.1.5 christos fr_subtype is what the address relaxed to.
3238 1.1.1.3 christos
3239 1.1.1.5 christos Out: Any fixS:s and constants are set up. */
3240 1.1.1.5 christos
3241 1.1.1.5 christos void
3242 1.1.1.5 christos md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3243 1.1.1.5 christos segT segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3244 1.1.1.5 christos fragS *fragP)
3245 1.1.1.3 christos {
3246 1.1.1.5 christos const relax_typeS *table_entry;
3247 1.1.1.5 christos char *dest;
3248 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_opcode *opcode;
3249 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_insn insn;
3250 1.1.1.5 christos int size, fix;
3251 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_relax_type *relax_arg = &fragP->tc_frag_data;
3252 1.1.1.5 christos
3253 1.1.1.5 christos fix = (fragP->fr_fix < 0 ? 0 : fragP->fr_fix);
3254 1.1.1.5 christos dest = fragP->fr_literal + fix;
3255 1.1.1.5 christos table_entry = TC_GENERIC_RELAX_TABLE + fragP->fr_subtype;
3256 1.1.1.3 christos
3257 1.1.1.5 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: md_convert_frag, subtype: %d, fix: %d, "
3258 1.1.1.5 christos "var: %"BFD_VMA_FMT"d\n",
3259 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_file, fragP->fr_line,
3260 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_subtype, fix, fragP->fr_var);
3261 1.1.1.3 christos
3262 1.1.1.5 christos if (fragP->fr_subtype <= 0
3263 1.1.1.5 christos && fragP->fr_subtype >= arc_num_relax_opcodes)
3264 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("no relaxation found for this instruction."));
3265 1.1.1.3 christos
3266 1.1.1.5 christos opcode = &arc_relax_opcodes[fragP->fr_subtype];
3267 1.1.1.3 christos
3268 1.1.1.5 christos assemble_insn (opcode, relax_arg->tok, relax_arg->ntok, relax_arg->pflags,
3269 1.1.1.5 christos relax_arg->nflg, &insn);
3270 1.1.1.3 christos
3271 1.1.1.5 christos apply_fixups (&insn, fragP, fix);
3272 1.1.1.3 christos
3273 1.1.1.6 christos size = insn.len + (insn.has_limm ? 4 : 0);
3274 1.1.1.5 christos gas_assert (table_entry->rlx_length == size);
3275 1.1.1.5 christos emit_insn0 (&insn, dest, TRUE);
3276 1.1.1.3 christos
3277 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_fix += table_entry->rlx_length;
3278 1.1.1.5 christos fragP->fr_var = 0;
3279 1.1.1.5 christos }
3280 1.1.1.5 christos
3281 1.1.1.5 christos /* We have no need to default values of symbols. We could catch
3282 1.1.1.5 christos register names here, but that is handled by inserting them all in
3283 1.1.1.5 christos the symbol table to begin with. */
3284 1.1.1.5 christos
3285 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS *
3286 1.1.1.5 christos md_undefined_symbol (char *name)
3287 1.1.1.5 christos {
3288 1.1.1.5 christos /* The arc abi demands that a GOT[0] should be referencible as
3289 1.1.1.5 christos [pc+_DYNAMIC@gotpc]. Hence we convert a _DYNAMIC@gotpc to a
3290 1.1.1.5 christos GOTPC reference to _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3291 1.1.1.5 christos if (((*name == '_')
3292 1.1.1.5 christos && (*(name+1) == 'G')
3293 1.1.1.6 christos && (strcmp (name, GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME) == 0)))
3294 1.1.1.5 christos {
3295 1.1.1.5 christos if (!GOT_symbol)
3296 1.1.1.3 christos {
3297 1.1.1.5 christos if (symbol_find (name))
3298 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("GOT already in symbol table");
3299 1.1.1.3 christos
3300 1.1.1.5 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_new (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME, undefined_section,
3301 1.1.1.5 christos (valueT) 0, &zero_address_frag);
3302 1.1.1.5 christos };
3303 1.1.1.5 christos return GOT_symbol;
3304 1.1.1.5 christos }
3305 1.1.1.5 christos return NULL;
3306 1.1.1.5 christos }
3307 1.1.1.3 christos
3308 1.1.1.5 christos /* Turn a string in input_line_pointer into a floating point constant
3309 1.1.1.5 christos of type type, and store the appropriate bytes in *litP. The number
3310 1.1.1.5 christos of LITTLENUMS emitted is stored in *sizeP. An error message is
3311 1.1.1.5 christos returned, or NULL on OK. */
3312 1.1.1.3 christos
3313 1.1.1.5 christos const char *
3314 1.1.1.5 christos md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
3315 1.1.1.5 christos {
3316 1.1.1.5 christos return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, target_big_endian);
3317 1.1.1.5 christos }
3318 1.1.1.3 christos
3319 1.1.1.5 christos /* Called for any expression that can not be recognized. When the
3320 1.1.1.5 christos function is called, `input_line_pointer' will point to the start of
3321 1.1.1.5 christos the expression. */
3322 1.1.1.3 christos
3323 1.1.1.5 christos void
3324 1.1.1.5 christos md_operand (expressionS *expressionP ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3325 1.1.1.5 christos {
3326 1.1.1.5 christos char *p = input_line_pointer;
3327 1.1.1.5 christos if (*p == '@')
3328 1.1.1.5 christos {
3329 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
3330 1.1.1.5 christos expressionP->X_op = O_symbol;
3331 1.1.1.5 christos expression (expressionP);
3332 1.1.1.5 christos }
3333 1.1.1.5 christos }
3334 1.1.1.3 christos
3335 1.1.1.5 christos /* This function is called from the function 'expression', it attempts
3336 1.1.1.5 christos to parse special names (in our case register names). It fills in
3337 1.1.1.5 christos the expression with the identified register. It returns TRUE if
3338 1.1.1.5 christos it is a register and FALSE otherwise. */
3339 1.1.1.5 christos
3340 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean
3341 1.1.1.5 christos arc_parse_name (const char *name,
3342 1.1.1.5 christos struct expressionS *e)
3343 1.1.1.5 christos {
3344 1.1.1.5 christos struct symbol *sym;
3345 1.1.1.5 christos
3346 1.1.1.5 christos if (!assembling_insn)
3347 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3348 1.1.1.3 christos
3349 1.1.1.6 christos if (e->X_op == O_symbol)
3350 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3351 1.1.1.3 christos
3352 1.1.1.5 christos sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, name);
3353 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
3354 1.1.1.5 christos {
3355 1.1.1.5 christos e->X_op = O_register;
3356 1.1.1.5 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3357 1.1.1.5 christos return TRUE;
3358 1.1.1.5 christos }
3359 1.1.1.6 christos
3360 1.1.1.6 christos sym = hash_find (arc_addrtype_hash, name);
3361 1.1.1.6 christos if (sym)
3362 1.1.1.6 christos {
3363 1.1.1.6 christos e->X_op = O_addrtype;
3364 1.1.1.6 christos e->X_add_number = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
3365 1.1.1.6 christos return TRUE;
3366 1.1.1.6 christos }
3367 1.1.1.6 christos
3368 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3369 1.1.1.5 christos }
3370 1.1.1.3 christos
3371 1.1.1.5 christos /* md_parse_option
3372 1.1.1.5 christos Invocation line includes a switch not recognized by the base assembler.
3373 1.1.1.5 christos See if it's a processor-specific option.
3374 1.1.1.3 christos
3375 1.1.1.5 christos New options (supported) are:
3376 1.1.1.3 christos
3377 1.1.1.5 christos -mcpu=<cpu name> Assemble for selected processor
3378 1.1.1.5 christos -EB/-mbig-endian Big-endian
3379 1.1.1.5 christos -EL/-mlittle-endian Little-endian
3380 1.1.1.5 christos -mrelax Enable relaxation
3381 1.1.1.3 christos
3382 1.1.1.5 christos The following CPU names are recognized:
3383 1.1.1.5 christos arc600, arc700, arcem, archs, nps400. */
3384 1.1.1.3 christos
3385 1.1.1.5 christos int
3386 1.1.1.5 christos md_parse_option (int c, const char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
3387 1.1.1.5 christos {
3388 1.1.1.5 christos switch (c)
3389 1.1.1.5 christos {
3390 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC600:
3391 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC601:
3392 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc600");
3393 1.1.1.3 christos
3394 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARC700:
3395 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arc700");
3396 1.1.1.3 christos
3397 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARCEM:
3398 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "arcem");
3399 1.1.1.3 christos
3400 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_ARCHS:
3401 1.1.1.5 christos return md_parse_option (OPTION_MCPU, "archs");
3402 1.1.1.3 christos
3403 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MCPU:
3404 1.1.1.5 christos {
3405 1.1.1.6 christos arc_select_cpu (arg, MACH_SELECTION_FROM_COMMAND_LINE);
3406 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3407 1.1.1.5 christos }
3408 1.1.1.3 christos
3409 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EB:
3410 1.1.1.5 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-bigarc";
3411 1.1.1.5 christos byte_order = BIG_ENDIAN;
3412 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3413 1.1.1.3 christos
3414 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EL:
3415 1.1.1.5 christos arc_target_format = "elf32-littlearc";
3416 1.1.1.5 christos byte_order = LITTLE_ENDIAN;
3417 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3418 1.1.1.3 christos
3419 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_CD:
3420 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= CD;
3421 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= CD;
3422 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3423 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3424 1.1.1.3 christos
3425 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_RELAX:
3426 1.1.1.5 christos relaxation_state = 1;
3427 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3428 1.1.1.3 christos
3429 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NPS400:
3430 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= NPS400;
3431 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= NPS400;
3432 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3433 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3434 1.1.1.3 christos
3435 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SPFP:
3436 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= SPX;
3437 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= SPX;
3438 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3439 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3440 1.1.1.3 christos
3441 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DPFP:
3442 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPX;
3443 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= DPX;
3444 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3445 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3446 1.1.1.3 christos
3447 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_FPUDA:
3448 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.features |= DPA;
3449 1.1.1.6 christos cl_features |= DPA;
3450 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature ();
3451 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3452 1.1.1.3 christos
3453 1.1.1.5 christos /* Dummy options are accepted but have no effect. */
3454 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_USER_MODE:
3455 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_LD_EXT_MASK:
3456 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SWAP:
3457 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NORM:
3458 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_BARREL_SHIFT:
3459 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MIN_MAX:
3460 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_NO_MPY:
3461 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_EA:
3462 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_MUL64:
3463 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SIMD:
3464 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XMAC_D16:
3465 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XMAC_24:
3466 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DSP_PACKA:
3467 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_CRC:
3468 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_DVBF:
3469 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_TELEPHONY:
3470 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_XYMEMORY:
3471 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_LOCK:
3472 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_SWAPE:
3473 1.1.1.5 christos case OPTION_RTSC:
3474 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3475 1.1.1.3 christos
3476 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3477 1.1.1.5 christos return 0;
3478 1.1.1.3 christos }
3479 1.1.1.3 christos
3480 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
3481 1.1.1.5 christos }
3482 1.1.1.5 christos
3483 1.1.1.6 christos /* Display the list of cpu names for use in the help text. */
3484 1.1.1.6 christos
3485 1.1.1.6 christos static void
3486 1.1.1.6 christos arc_show_cpu_list (FILE *stream)
3487 1.1.1.6 christos {
3488 1.1.1.6 christos int i, offset;
3489 1.1.1.6 christos static const char *space_buf = " ";
3490 1.1.1.6 christos
3491 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "%s", space_buf);
3492 1.1.1.6 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3493 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; cpu_types[i].name != NULL; ++i)
3494 1.1.1.6 christos {
3495 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_boolean last = (cpu_types[i + 1].name == NULL);
3496 1.1.1.6 christos
3497 1.1.1.6 christos /* If displaying the new cpu name string, and the ', ' (for all
3498 1.1.1.6 christos but the last one) will take us past a target width of 80
3499 1.1.1.6 christos characters, then it's time for a new line. */
3500 1.1.1.6 christos if (offset + strlen (cpu_types[i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2) > 80)
3501 1.1.1.6 christos {
3502 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "\n%s", space_buf);
3503 1.1.1.6 christos offset = strlen (space_buf);
3504 1.1.1.6 christos }
3505 1.1.1.6 christos
3506 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "%s%s", cpu_types[i].name, (last ? "\n" : ", "));
3507 1.1.1.6 christos offset += strlen (cpu_types [i].name) + (last ? 0 : 2);
3508 1.1.1.6 christos }
3509 1.1.1.6 christos }
3510 1.1.1.6 christos
3511 1.1.1.5 christos void
3512 1.1.1.5 christos md_show_usage (FILE *stream)
3513 1.1.1.5 christos {
3514 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("ARC-specific assembler options:\n"));
3515 1.1.1.5 christos
3516 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mcpu=<cpu name>\t (default: %s), assemble for"
3517 1.1.1.6 christos " CPU <cpu name>, one of:\n", TARGET_WITH_CPU);
3518 1.1.1.6 christos arc_show_cpu_list (stream);
3519 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, "\n");
3520 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA6/-mARC600/-mARC601 same as -mcpu=arc600\n");
3521 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mA7/-mARC700\t\t same as -mcpu=arc700\n");
3522 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mEM\t\t\t same as -mcpu=arcem\n");
3523 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mHS\t\t\t same as -mcpu=archs\n");
3524 1.1.1.5 christos
3525 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mnps400\t\t enable NPS-400 extended instructions\n");
3526 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mspfp\t\t enable single-precision floating point"
3527 1.1.1.6 christos " instructions\n");
3528 1.1.1.6 christos fprintf (stream, " -mdpfp\t\t enable double-precision floating point"
3529 1.1.1.6 christos " instructions\n");
3530 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, " -mfpuda\t\t enable double-precision assist floating "
3531 1.1.1.5 christos "point\n\t\t\t instructions for ARC EM\n");
3532 1.1.1.5 christos
3533 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream,
3534 1.1.1.5 christos " -mcode-density\t enable code density option for ARC EM\n");
3535 1.1.1.5 christos
3536 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3537 1.1.1.5 christos -EB assemble code for a big-endian cpu\n"));
3538 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3539 1.1.1.5 christos -EL assemble code for a little-endian cpu\n"));
3540 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("\
3541 1.1.1.5 christos -mrelax enable relaxation\n"));
3542 1.1.1.5 christos
3543 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _("The following ARC-specific assembler options are "
3544 1.1.1.5 christos "deprecated and are accepted\nfor compatibility only:\n"));
3545 1.1.1.3 christos
3546 1.1.1.5 christos fprintf (stream, _(" -mEA\n"
3547 1.1.1.5 christos " -mbarrel-shifter\n"
3548 1.1.1.5 christos " -mbarrel_shifter\n"
3549 1.1.1.5 christos " -mcrc\n"
3550 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdsp-packa\n"
3551 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdsp_packa\n"
3552 1.1.1.5 christos " -mdvbf\n"
3553 1.1.1.5 christos " -mld-extension-reg-mask\n"
3554 1.1.1.5 christos " -mlock\n"
3555 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac-24\n"
3556 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac-d16\n"
3557 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac_24\n"
3558 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmac_d16\n"
3559 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmin-max\n"
3560 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmin_max\n"
3561 1.1.1.5 christos " -mmul64\n"
3562 1.1.1.5 christos " -mno-mpy\n"
3563 1.1.1.5 christos " -mnorm\n"
3564 1.1.1.5 christos " -mrtsc\n"
3565 1.1.1.5 christos " -msimd\n"
3566 1.1.1.5 christos " -mswap\n"
3567 1.1.1.5 christos " -mswape\n"
3568 1.1.1.5 christos " -mtelephony\n"
3569 1.1.1.5 christos " -muser-mode-only\n"
3570 1.1.1.5 christos " -mxy\n"));
3571 1.1.1.3 christos }
3572 1.1.1.3 christos
3573 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find the proper relocation for the given opcode. */
3574 1.1.1.3 christos
3575 1.1.1.3 christos static extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type
3576 1.1.1.3 christos find_reloc (const char *name,
3577 1.1.1.3 christos const char *opcodename,
3578 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3579 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg,
3580 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc)
3581 1.1.1.3 christos {
3582 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned int i;
3583 1.1.1.3 christos int j;
3584 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean found_flag, tmp;
3585 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type ret = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3586 1.1.1.3 christos
3587 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_equiv_tab; i++)
3588 1.1.1.3 christos {
3589 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_reloc_equiv_tab *r = &arc_reloc_equiv[i];
3590 1.1.1.3 christos
3591 1.1.1.3 christos /* Find the entry. */
3592 1.1.1.3 christos if (strcmp (name, r->name))
3593 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3594 1.1.1.3 christos if (r->mnemonic && (strcmp (r->mnemonic, opcodename)))
3595 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3596 1.1.1.5 christos if (r->flags[0])
3597 1.1.1.3 christos {
3598 1.1.1.3 christos if (!nflg)
3599 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3600 1.1.1.3 christos found_flag = FALSE;
3601 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned * psflg = (unsigned *)r->flags;
3602 1.1.1.5 christos do
3603 1.1.1.5 christos {
3604 1.1.1.5 christos tmp = FALSE;
3605 1.1.1.5 christos for (j = 0; j < nflg; j++)
3606 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strcmp (pflags[j].name,
3607 1.1.1.5 christos arc_flag_operands[*psflg].name))
3608 1.1.1.5 christos {
3609 1.1.1.5 christos tmp = TRUE;
3610 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3611 1.1.1.5 christos }
3612 1.1.1.5 christos if (!tmp)
3613 1.1.1.5 christos {
3614 1.1.1.5 christos found_flag = FALSE;
3615 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3616 1.1.1.5 christos }
3617 1.1.1.5 christos else
3618 1.1.1.5 christos {
3619 1.1.1.5 christos found_flag = TRUE;
3620 1.1.1.5 christos }
3621 1.1.1.5 christos ++ psflg;
3622 1.1.1.5 christos } while (*psflg);
3623 1.1.1.5 christos
3624 1.1.1.3 christos if (!found_flag)
3625 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3626 1.1.1.3 christos }
3627 1.1.1.3 christos
3628 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc != r->oldreloc)
3629 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3630 1.1.1.3 christos /* Found it. */
3631 1.1.1.3 christos ret = r->newreloc;
3632 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3633 1.1.1.3 christos }
3634 1.1.1.3 christos
3635 1.1.1.3 christos if (ret == BFD_RELOC_UNUSED)
3636 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Unable to find %s relocation for instruction %s"),
3637 1.1.1.3 christos name, opcodename);
3638 1.1.1.3 christos return ret;
3639 1.1.1.3 christos }
3640 1.1.1.3 christos
3641 1.1.1.5 christos /* All the symbol types that are allowed to be used for
3642 1.1.1.5 christos relaxation. */
3643 1.1.1.5 christos
3644 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
3645 1.1.1.5 christos may_relax_expr (expressionS tok)
3646 1.1.1.5 christos {
3647 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if we have unrelaxable relocs. */
3648 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok.X_md)
3649 1.1.1.5 christos {
3650 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3651 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3652 1.1.1.5 christos case O_plt:
3653 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3654 1.1.1.5 christos }
3655 1.1.1.5 christos
3656 1.1.1.5 christos switch (tok.X_op)
3657 1.1.1.5 christos {
3658 1.1.1.5 christos case O_symbol:
3659 1.1.1.5 christos case O_multiply:
3660 1.1.1.5 christos case O_divide:
3661 1.1.1.5 christos case O_modulus:
3662 1.1.1.5 christos case O_add:
3663 1.1.1.5 christos case O_subtract:
3664 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3665 1.1.1.5 christos
3666 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3667 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3668 1.1.1.5 christos }
3669 1.1.1.5 christos return TRUE;
3670 1.1.1.5 christos }
3671 1.1.1.5 christos
3672 1.1.1.5 christos /* Checks if flags are in line with relaxable insn. */
3673 1.1.1.5 christos
3674 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
3675 1.1.1.5 christos relaxable_flag (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3676 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3677 1.1.1.5 christos int nflgs)
3678 1.1.1.5 christos {
3679 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned flag_class,
3680 1.1.1.5 christos flag,
3681 1.1.1.5 christos flag_class_idx = 0,
3682 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = 0;
3683 1.1.1.5 christos
3684 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flag_opand;
3685 1.1.1.5 christos int i, counttrue = 0;
3686 1.1.1.5 christos
3687 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags classes. */
3688 1.1.1.5 christos while ((flag_class = ins->flag_classes[flag_class_idx]) != 0)
3689 1.1.1.5 christos {
3690 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags in flag class. */
3691 1.1.1.5 christos while ((flag = arc_flag_classes[flag_class].flags[flag_idx])
3692 1.1.1.5 christos != 0)
3693 1.1.1.5 christos {
3694 1.1.1.5 christos flag_opand = &arc_flag_operands[flag];
3695 1.1.1.5 christos /* Iterate through flags in ins to compare. */
3696 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < nflgs; ++i)
3697 1.1.1.5 christos {
3698 1.1.1.5 christos if (strcmp (flag_opand->name, pflags[i].name) == 0)
3699 1.1.1.5 christos ++counttrue;
3700 1.1.1.5 christos }
3701 1.1.1.5 christos
3702 1.1.1.5 christos ++flag_idx;
3703 1.1.1.5 christos }
3704 1.1.1.5 christos
3705 1.1.1.5 christos ++flag_class_idx;
3706 1.1.1.5 christos flag_idx = 0;
3707 1.1.1.5 christos }
3708 1.1.1.5 christos
3709 1.1.1.5 christos /* If counttrue == nflgs, then all flags have been found. */
3710 1.1.1.5 christos return (counttrue == nflgs ? TRUE : FALSE);
3711 1.1.1.5 christos }
3712 1.1.1.5 christos
3713 1.1.1.5 christos /* Checks if operands are in line with relaxable insn. */
3714 1.1.1.5 christos
3715 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
3716 1.1.1.5 christos relaxable_operand (const struct arc_relaxable_ins *ins,
3717 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok,
3718 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok)
3719 1.1.1.5 christos {
3720 1.1.1.5 christos const enum rlx_operand_type *operand = &ins->operands[0];
3721 1.1.1.5 christos int i = 0;
3722 1.1.1.5 christos
3723 1.1.1.5 christos while (*operand != EMPTY)
3724 1.1.1.5 christos {
3725 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *epr = &tok[i];
3726 1.1.1.5 christos
3727 1.1.1.5 christos if (i != 0 && i >= ntok)
3728 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3729 1.1.1.5 christos
3730 1.1.1.5 christos switch (*operand)
3731 1.1.1.5 christos {
3732 1.1.1.5 christos case IMMEDIATE:
3733 1.1.1.5 christos if (!(epr->X_op == O_multiply
3734 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_divide
3735 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_modulus
3736 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_add
3737 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_subtract
3738 1.1.1.5 christos || epr->X_op == O_symbol))
3739 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3740 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3741 1.1.1.5 christos
3742 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_DUP:
3743 1.1.1.5 christos if ((i <= 0)
3744 1.1.1.5 christos || (epr->X_add_number != tok[i - 1].X_add_number))
3745 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3746 1.1.1.5 christos /* Fall through. */
3747 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER:
3748 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3749 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3750 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3751 1.1.1.5 christos
3752 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_S:
3753 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_register)
3754 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3755 1.1.1.5 christos
3756 1.1.1.5 christos switch (epr->X_add_number)
3757 1.1.1.5 christos {
3758 1.1.1.5 christos case 0: case 1: case 2: case 3:
3759 1.1.1.5 christos case 12: case 13: case 14: case 15:
3760 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3761 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3762 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3763 1.1.1.5 christos }
3764 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3765 1.1.1.5 christos
3766 1.1.1.5 christos case REGISTER_NO_GP:
3767 1.1.1.5 christos if ((epr->X_op != O_register)
3768 1.1.1.5 christos || (epr->X_add_number == 26)) /* 26 is the gp register. */
3769 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3770 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3771 1.1.1.5 christos
3772 1.1.1.5 christos case BRACKET:
3773 1.1.1.5 christos if (epr->X_op != O_bracket)
3774 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3775 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3776 1.1.1.5 christos
3777 1.1.1.5 christos default:
3778 1.1.1.5 christos /* Don't understand, bail out. */
3779 1.1.1.5 christos return FALSE;
3780 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3781 1.1.1.5 christos }
3782 1.1.1.5 christos
3783 1.1.1.5 christos ++i;
3784 1.1.1.5 christos operand = &ins->operands[i];
3785 1.1.1.5 christos }
3786 1.1.1.5 christos
3787 1.1.1.5 christos return (i == ntok ? TRUE : FALSE);
3788 1.1.1.5 christos }
3789 1.1.1.5 christos
3790 1.1.1.5 christos /* Return TRUE if this OPDCODE is a candidate for relaxation. */
3791 1.1.1.5 christos
3792 1.1.1.5 christos static bfd_boolean
3793 1.1.1.5 christos relax_insn_p (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3794 1.1.1.5 christos const expressionS *tok,
3795 1.1.1.5 christos int ntok,
3796 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3797 1.1.1.5 christos int nflg)
3798 1.1.1.5 christos {
3799 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned i;
3800 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean rv = FALSE;
3801 1.1.1.5 christos
3802 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the relaxation table. */
3803 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < arc_num_relaxable_ins && relaxation_state; ++i)
3804 1.1.1.5 christos {
3805 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_relaxable_ins *arc_rlx_ins = &arc_relaxable_insns[i];
3806 1.1.1.5 christos
3807 1.1.1.5 christos if ((strcmp (opcode->name, arc_rlx_ins->mnemonic_r) == 0)
3808 1.1.1.5 christos && may_relax_expr (tok[arc_rlx_ins->opcheckidx])
3809 1.1.1.5 christos && relaxable_operand (arc_rlx_ins, tok, ntok)
3810 1.1.1.5 christos && relaxable_flag (arc_rlx_ins, pflags, nflg))
3811 1.1.1.5 christos {
3812 1.1.1.5 christos rv = TRUE;
3813 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->fr_subtype = arc_relaxable_insns[i].subtype;
3814 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.tok, tok,
3815 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (expressionS) * ntok);
3816 1.1.1.5 christos memcpy (&frag_now->tc_frag_data.pflags, pflags,
3817 1.1.1.5 christos sizeof (struct arc_flags) * nflg);
3818 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.nflg = nflg;
3819 1.1.1.5 christos frag_now->tc_frag_data.ntok = ntok;
3820 1.1.1.5 christos break;
3821 1.1.1.5 christos }
3822 1.1.1.5 christos }
3823 1.1.1.5 christos
3824 1.1.1.5 christos return rv;
3825 1.1.1.5 christos }
3826 1.1.1.5 christos
3827 1.1.1.3 christos /* Turn an opcode description and a set of arguments into
3828 1.1.1.3 christos an instruction and a fixup. */
3829 1.1.1.3 christos
3830 1.1.1.3 christos static void
3831 1.1.1.3 christos assemble_insn (const struct arc_opcode *opcode,
3832 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *tok,
3833 1.1.1.3 christos int ntok,
3834 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_flags *pflags,
3835 1.1.1.3 christos int nflg,
3836 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_insn *insn)
3837 1.1.1.3 christos {
3838 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *reloc_exp = NULL;
3839 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned long long image;
3840 1.1.1.3 christos const unsigned char *argidx;
3841 1.1.1.3 christos int i;
3842 1.1.1.3 christos int tokidx = 0;
3843 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned char pcrel = 0;
3844 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean needGOTSymbol;
3845 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_boolean has_delay_slot = FALSE;
3846 1.1.1.3 christos extended_bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
3847 1.1.1.3 christos
3848 1.1.1.3 christos memset (insn, 0, sizeof (*insn));
3849 1.1.1.3 christos image = opcode->opcode;
3850 1.1.1.3 christos
3851 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("%s:%d: assemble_insn: %s using opcode %llx\n",
3852 1.1.1.3 christos frag_now->fr_file, frag_now->fr_line, opcode->name,
3853 1.1.1.3 christos opcode->opcode);
3854 1.1.1.3 christos
3855 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle operands. */
3856 1.1.1.3 christos for (argidx = opcode->operands; *argidx; ++argidx)
3857 1.1.1.3 christos {
3858 1.1.1.3 christos const struct arc_operand *operand = &arc_operands[*argidx];
3859 1.1.1.3 christos const expressionS *t = (const expressionS *) 0;
3860 1.1.1.3 christos
3861 1.1.1.6 christos if (ARC_OPERAND_IS_FAKE (operand))
3862 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3863 1.1.1.3 christos
3864 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_DUPLICATE)
3865 1.1.1.3 christos {
3866 1.1.1.3 christos /* Duplicate operand, already inserted. */
3867 1.1.1.3 christos tokidx ++;
3868 1.1.1.3 christos continue;
3869 1.1.1.3 christos }
3870 1.1.1.3 christos
3871 1.1.1.3 christos if (tokidx >= ntok)
3872 1.1.1.3 christos {
3873 1.1.1.3 christos abort ();
3874 1.1.1.3 christos }
3875 1.1.1.3 christos else
3876 1.1.1.3 christos t = &tok[tokidx++];
3877 1.1.1.3 christos
3878 1.1.1.3 christos /* Regardless if we have a reloc or not mark the instruction
3879 1.1.1.3 christos limm if it is the case. */
3880 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3881 1.1.1.3 christos insn->has_limm = TRUE;
3882 1.1.1.3 christos
3883 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_op)
3884 1.1.1.3 christos {
3885 1.1.1.3 christos case O_register:
3886 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regno (t->X_add_number),
3887 1.1.1.3 christos NULL, 0);
3888 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3889 1.1.1.3 christos
3890 1.1.1.3 christos case O_constant:
3891 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, t->X_add_number, NULL, 0);
3892 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_exp = t;
3893 1.1.1.3 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3894 1.1.1.3 christos insn->limm = t->X_add_number;
3895 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3896 1.1.1.3 christos
3897 1.1.1.3 christos case O_bracket:
3898 1.1.1.6 christos case O_colon:
3899 1.1.1.6 christos case O_addrtype:
3900 1.1.1.6 christos /* Ignore brackets, colons, and address types. */
3901 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3902 1.1.1.3 christos
3903 1.1.1.3 christos case O_absent:
3904 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_IGNORE);
3905 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3906 1.1.1.3 christos
3907 1.1.1.3 christos case O_subtract:
3908 1.1.1.3 christos /* Maybe register range. */
3909 1.1.1.3 christos if ((t->X_add_number == 0)
3910 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (t->X_add_symbol)
3911 1.1.1.3 christos && contains_register (t->X_op_symbol))
3912 1.1.1.3 christos {
3913 1.1.1.3 christos int regs;
3914 1.1.1.3 christos
3915 1.1.1.3 christos regs = get_register (t->X_add_symbol);
3916 1.1.1.3 christos regs <<= 16;
3917 1.1.1.3 christos regs |= get_register (t->X_op_symbol);
3918 1.1.1.3 christos image = insert_operand (image, operand, regs, NULL, 0);
3919 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3920 1.1.1.3 christos }
3921 1.1.1.6 christos /* Fall through. */
3922 1.1.1.3 christos
3923 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3924 1.1.1.3 christos /* This operand needs a relocation. */
3925 1.1.1.3 christos needGOTSymbol = FALSE;
3926 1.1.1.3 christos
3927 1.1.1.3 christos switch (t->X_md)
3928 1.1.1.3 christos {
3929 1.1.1.3 christos case O_plt:
3930 1.1.1.5 christos if (opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
3931 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @plt relocation for insn %s"),
3932 1.1.1.6 christos opcode->name);
3933 1.1.1.3 christos needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
3934 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = find_reloc ("plt", opcode->name,
3935 1.1.1.3 christos pflags, nflg,
3936 1.1.1.3 christos operand->default_reloc);
3937 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3938 1.1.1.3 christos
3939 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotoff:
3940 1.1.1.3 christos case O_gotpc:
3941 1.1.1.3 christos needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
3942 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
3943 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3944 1.1.1.3 christos case O_pcl:
3945 1.1.1.6 christos if (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM)
3946 1.1.1.6 christos {
3947 1.1.1.6 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
3948 1.1.1.6 christos if (arc_opcode_len (opcode) == 2
3949 1.1.1.6 christos || opcode->insn_class == JUMP)
3950 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Unable to use @pcl relocation for insn %s"),
3951 1.1.1.6 christos opcode->name);
3952 1.1.1.6 christos }
3953 1.1.1.6 christos else
3954 1.1.1.6 christos {
3955 1.1.1.6 christos /* This is a relaxed operand which initially was
3956 1.1.1.6 christos limm, choose whatever we have defined in the
3957 1.1.1.6 christos opcode as reloc. */
3958 1.1.1.6 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
3959 1.1.1.6 christos }
3960 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3961 1.1.1.3 christos case O_sda:
3962 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = find_reloc ("sda", opcode->name,
3963 1.1.1.3 christos pflags, nflg,
3964 1.1.1.3 christos operand->default_reloc);
3965 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3966 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsgd:
3967 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tlsie:
3968 1.1.1.3 christos needGOTSymbol = TRUE;
3969 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall-through. */
3970 1.1.1.3 christos
3971 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff:
3972 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff:
3973 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = ARC_RELOC_TABLE (t->X_md)->reloc;
3974 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3975 1.1.1.3 christos
3976 1.1.1.3 christos case O_tpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
3977 1.1.1.3 christos the insn. */
3978 1.1.1.3 christos case O_dtpoff9: /*FIXME! Check for the conditionality of
3979 1.1.1.3 christos the insn. */
3980 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("TLS_*_S9 relocs are not supported yet"));
3981 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3982 1.1.1.3 christos
3983 1.1.1.3 christos default:
3984 1.1.1.3 christos /* Just consider the default relocation. */
3985 1.1.1.3 christos reloc = operand->default_reloc;
3986 1.1.1.3 christos break;
3987 1.1.1.3 christos }
3988 1.1.1.3 christos
3989 1.1.1.3 christos if (needGOTSymbol && (GOT_symbol == NULL))
3990 1.1.1.3 christos GOT_symbol = symbol_find_or_make (GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_NAME);
3991 1.1.1.3 christos
3992 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_exp = t;
3993 1.1.1.3 christos
3994 1.1.1.3 christos #if 0
3995 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc > 0)
3996 1.1.1.3 christos {
3997 1.1.1.3 christos /* sanity checks. */
3998 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto
3999 1.1.1.3 christos = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4000 1.1.1.3 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) reloc);
4001 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned reloc_bitsize = reloc_howto->bitsize;
4002 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_howto->rightshift)
4003 1.1.1.3 christos reloc_bitsize -= reloc_howto->rightshift;
4004 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_bitsize != operand->bits)
4005 1.1.1.3 christos {
4006 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("invalid relocation %s for field"),
4007 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_get_reloc_code_name (reloc));
4008 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4009 1.1.1.3 christos }
4010 1.1.1.3 christos }
4011 1.1.1.3 christos #endif
4012 1.1.1.3 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4013 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4014 1.1.1.3 christos
4015 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4016 1.1.1.3 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4017 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->exp = *t;
4018 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->reloc = reloc;
4019 1.1.1.6 christos if ((int) reloc < 0)
4020 1.1.1.6 christos pcrel = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_PCREL) ? 1 : 0;
4021 1.1.1.6 christos else
4022 1.1.1.6 christos {
4023 1.1.1.6 christos reloc_howto_type *reloc_howto =
4024 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
4025 1.1.1.6 christos (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) fixup->reloc);
4026 1.1.1.6 christos pcrel = reloc_howto->pc_relative;
4027 1.1.1.6 christos }
4028 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4029 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->islong = (operand->flags & ARC_OPERAND_LIMM) ?
4030 1.1.1.3 christos TRUE : FALSE;
4031 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4032 1.1.1.3 christos }
4033 1.1.1.3 christos }
4034 1.1.1.3 christos
4035 1.1.1.3 christos /* Handle flags. */
4036 1.1.1.3 christos for (i = 0; i < nflg; i++)
4037 1.1.1.3 christos {
4038 1.1.1.5 christos const struct arc_flag_operand *flg_operand = pflags[i].flgp;
4039 1.1.1.3 christos
4040 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if the instruction has a delay slot. */
4041 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "d"))
4042 1.1.1.3 christos has_delay_slot = TRUE;
4043 1.1.1.3 christos
4044 1.1.1.6 christos /* There is an exceptional case when we cannot insert a flag just as
4045 1.1.1.6 christos it is. On ARCv2 the '.t' and '.nt' flags must be handled in
4046 1.1.1.6 christos relation with the relative address. Unfortunately, some of the
4047 1.1.1.6 christos ARC700 extensions (NPS400) also have a '.nt' flag that should be
4048 1.1.1.6 christos handled in the normal way.
4049 1.1.1.6 christos
4050 1.1.1.6 christos Flag operands don't have an architecture field, so we can't
4051 1.1.1.6 christos directly validate that FLAG_OPERAND is valid for the current
4052 1.1.1.6 christos architecture, what we do instead is just validate that we're
4053 1.1.1.6 christos assembling for an ARCv2 architecture. */
4054 1.1.1.6 christos if ((selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCV2)
4055 1.1.1.6 christos && (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t")
4056 1.1.1.6 christos || !strcmp (flg_operand->name, "nt")))
4057 1.1.1.3 christos {
4058 1.1.1.3 christos unsigned bitYoperand = 0;
4059 1.1.1.3 christos /* FIXME! move selection bbit/brcc in arc-opc.c. */
4060 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (flg_operand->name, "t"))
4061 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4062 1.1.1.3 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4063 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4064 1.1.1.3 christos else
4065 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4066 1.1.1.3 christos else
4067 1.1.1.3 christos if (!strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit0")
4068 1.1.1.3 christos || !strcmp (opcode->name, "bbit1"))
4069 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_Toperand;
4070 1.1.1.3 christos else
4071 1.1.1.3 christos bitYoperand = arc_NToperand;
4072 1.1.1.3 christos
4073 1.1.1.3 christos gas_assert (reloc_exp != NULL);
4074 1.1.1.3 christos if (reloc_exp->X_op == O_constant)
4075 1.1.1.3 christos {
4076 1.1.1.3 christos /* Check if we have a constant and solved it
4077 1.1.1.3 christos immediately. */
4078 1.1.1.3 christos offsetT val = reloc_exp->X_add_number;
4079 1.1.1.3 christos image |= insert_operand (image, &arc_operands[bitYoperand],
4080 1.1.1.3 christos val, NULL, 0);
4081 1.1.1.3 christos }
4082 1.1.1.3 christos else
4083 1.1.1.3 christos {
4084 1.1.1.3 christos struct arc_fixup *fixup;
4085 1.1.1.3 christos
4086 1.1.1.3 christos if (insn->nfixups >= MAX_INSN_FIXUPS)
4087 1.1.1.3 christos as_fatal (_("too many fixups"));
4088 1.1.1.3 christos
4089 1.1.1.3 christos fixup = &insn->fixups[insn->nfixups++];
4090 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->exp = *reloc_exp;
4091 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->reloc = -bitYoperand;
4092 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->pcrel = pcrel;
4093 1.1.1.3 christos fixup->islong = FALSE;
4094 1.1.1.3 christos }
4095 1.1.1.3 christos }
4096 1.1.1.3 christos else
4097 1.1.1.3 christos image |= (flg_operand->code & ((1 << flg_operand->bits) - 1))
4098 1.1.1.3 christos << flg_operand->shift;
4099 1.1.1.3 christos }
4100 1.1.1.3 christos
4101 1.1.1.5 christos insn->relax = relax_insn_p (opcode, tok, ntok, pflags, nflg);
4102 1.1.1.5 christos
4103 1.1.1.6 christos /* Instruction length. */
4104 1.1.1.6 christos insn->len = arc_opcode_len (opcode);
4105 1.1.1.5 christos
4106 1.1.1.5 christos insn->insn = image;
4107 1.1.1.5 christos
4108 1.1.1.5 christos /* Update last insn status. */
4109 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[1] = arc_last_insns[0];
4110 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode = opcode;
4111 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_limm = insn->has_limm;
4112 1.1.1.5 christos arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot = has_delay_slot;
4113 1.1.1.5 christos
4114 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if the current instruction is legally used. */
4115 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4116 1.1.1.5 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4117 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has a jump/branch instruction %s in its delay slot."),
4118 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4119 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4120 1.1.1.6 christos if (arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot
4121 1.1.1.6 christos && arc_last_insns[0].has_limm)
4122 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("Insn %s has an instruction %s with limm in its delay slot."),
4123 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[1].opcode->name,
4124 1.1.1.6 christos arc_last_insns[0].opcode->name);
4125 1.1.1.3 christos }
4126 1.1.1.3 christos
4127 1.1.1.3 christos void
4128 1.1.1.3 christos arc_handle_align (fragS* fragP)
4129 1.1.1.3 christos {
4130 1.1.1.3 christos if ((fragP)->fr_type == rs_align_code)
4131 1.1.1.3 christos {
4132 1.1.1.3 christos char *dest = (fragP)->fr_literal + (fragP)->fr_fix;
4133 1.1.1.3 christos valueT count = ((fragP)->fr_next->fr_address
4134 1.1.1.3 christos - (fragP)->fr_address - (fragP)->fr_fix);
4135 1.1.1.3 christos
4136 1.1.1.3 christos (fragP)->fr_var = 2;
4137 1.1.1.3 christos
4138 1.1.1.3 christos if (count & 1)/* Padding in the gap till the next 2-byte
4139 1.1.1.3 christos boundary with 0s. */
4140 1.1.1.3 christos {
4141 1.1.1.3 christos (fragP)->fr_fix++;
4142 1.1.1.3 christos *dest++ = 0;
4143 1.1.1.3 christos }
4144 1.1.1.3 christos /* Writing nop_s. */
4145 1.1.1.3 christos md_number_to_chars (dest, NOP_OPCODE_S, 2);
4146 1.1.1.3 christos }
4147 1.1.1.3 christos }
4148 1.1.1.3 christos
4149 1.1.1.3 christos /* Here we decide which fixups can be adjusted to make them relative
4150 1.1.1.3 christos to the beginning of the section instead of the symbol. Basically
4151 1.1.1.3 christos we need to make sure that the dynamic relocations are done
4152 1.1.1.3 christos correctly, so in some cases we force the original symbol to be
4153 1.1.1.3 christos used. */
4154 1.1.1.3 christos
4155 1.1.1.3 christos int
4156 1.1.1.3 christos tc_arc_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixP)
4157 1.1.1.3 christos {
4158 1.1.1.3 christos
4159 1.1.1.3 christos /* Prevent all adjustments to global symbols. */
4160 1.1.1.3 christos if (S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy))
4161 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4162 1.1.1.3 christos if (S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy))
4163 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4164 1.1.1.3 christos
4165 1.1.1.3 christos /* Adjust_reloc_syms doesn't know about the GOT. */
4166 1.1.1.3 christos switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
4167 1.1.1.3 christos {
4168 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_GOTPC32:
4169 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_PLT32:
4170 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25H_PCREL_PLT:
4171 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21H_PCREL_PLT:
4172 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S25W_PCREL_PLT:
4173 1.1.1.3 christos case BFD_RELOC_ARC_S21W_PCREL_PLT:
4174 1.1.1.3 christos return 0;
4175 1.1.1.3 christos
4176 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4177 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4178 1.1.1.3 christos }
4179 1.1.1.3 christos
4180 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
4181 1.1.1.3 christos }
4182 1.1.1.3 christos
4183 1.1.1.3 christos /* Compute the reloc type of an expression EXP. */
4184 1.1.1.3 christos
4185 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4186 1.1.1.3 christos arc_check_reloc (expressionS *exp,
4187 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type *r_type_p)
4188 1.1.1.3 christos {
4189 1.1.1.3 christos if (*r_type_p == BFD_RELOC_32
4190 1.1.1.3 christos && exp->X_op == O_subtract
4191 1.1.1.3 christos && exp->X_op_symbol != NULL
4192 1.1.1.3 christos && exp->X_op_symbol->bsym->section == now_seg)
4193 1.1.1.3 christos *r_type_p = BFD_RELOC_ARC_32_PCREL;
4194 1.1.1.3 christos }
4195 1.1.1.3 christos
4196 1.1.1.3 christos
4197 1.1.1.3 christos /* Add expression EXP of SIZE bytes to offset OFF of fragment FRAG. */
4198 1.1.1.3 christos
4199 1.1.1.3 christos void
4200 1.1.1.3 christos arc_cons_fix_new (fragS *frag,
4201 1.1.1.3 christos int off,
4202 1.1.1.3 christos int size,
4203 1.1.1.3 christos expressionS *exp,
4204 1.1.1.3 christos bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type)
4205 1.1.1.3 christos {
4206 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4207 1.1.1.3 christos
4208 1.1.1.3 christos switch (size)
4209 1.1.1.3 christos {
4210 1.1.1.3 christos case 1:
4211 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_8;
4212 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4213 1.1.1.3 christos
4214 1.1.1.3 christos case 2:
4215 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_16;
4216 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4217 1.1.1.3 christos
4218 1.1.1.3 christos case 3:
4219 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_24;
4220 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4221 1.1.1.3 christos
4222 1.1.1.3 christos case 4:
4223 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_32;
4224 1.1.1.3 christos arc_check_reloc (exp, &r_type);
4225 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4226 1.1.1.3 christos
4227 1.1.1.3 christos case 8:
4228 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_64;
4229 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4230 1.1.1.3 christos
4231 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4232 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("unsupported BFD relocation size %u"), size);
4233 1.1.1.3 christos r_type = BFD_RELOC_UNUSED;
4234 1.1.1.3 christos }
4235 1.1.1.3 christos
4236 1.1.1.3 christos fix_new_exp (frag, off, size, exp, 0, r_type);
4237 1.1.1.3 christos }
4238 1.1.1.3 christos
4239 1.1.1.3 christos /* The actual routine that checks the ZOL conditions. */
4240 1.1.1.3 christos
4241 1.1.1.3 christos static void
4242 1.1.1.3 christos check_zol (symbolS *s)
4243 1.1.1.3 christos {
4244 1.1.1.6 christos switch (selected_cpu.mach)
4245 1.1.1.3 christos {
4246 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arcv2:
4247 1.1.1.6 christos if (selected_cpu.flags & ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM)
4248 1.1.1.3 christos return;
4249 1.1.1.3 christos
4250 1.1.1.3 christos if (is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode)
4251 1.1.1.3 christos || arc_last_insns[1].has_delay_slot)
4252 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Jump/Branch instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4253 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4254 1.1.1.3 christos
4255 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4256 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc600:
4257 1.1.1.3 christos
4258 1.1.1.3 christos if (is_kernel_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4259 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("Kernel instruction detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4260 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4261 1.1.1.3 christos
4262 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_limm
4263 1.1.1.3 christos && is_br_jmp_insn_p (arc_last_insns[0].opcode))
4264 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("A jump instruction with long immediate detected at the \
4265 1.1.1.3 christos end of the ZOL label @%s"), S_GET_NAME (s));
4266 1.1.1.3 christos
4267 1.1.1.3 christos /* Fall through. */
4268 1.1.1.3 christos case bfd_mach_arc_arc700:
4269 1.1.1.3 christos if (arc_last_insns[0].has_delay_slot)
4270 1.1.1.3 christos as_bad (_("An illegal use of delay slot detected at the end of the ZOL label @%s"),
4271 1.1.1.3 christos S_GET_NAME (s));
4272 1.1.1.3 christos
4273 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4274 1.1.1.3 christos default:
4275 1.1.1.3 christos break;
4276 1.1.1.3 christos }
4277 1.1.1.3 christos }
4278 1.1.1.3 christos
4279 1.1.1.3 christos /* If ZOL end check the last two instruction for illegals. */
4280 1.1.1.3 christos void
4281 1.1.1.3 christos arc_frob_label (symbolS * sym)
4282 1.1.1.3 christos {
4283 1.1.1.3 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_ZOL)
4284 1.1.1.3 christos check_zol (sym);
4285 1.1.1.3 christos
4286 1.1.1.3 christos dwarf2_emit_label (sym);
4287 1.1 skrll }
4288 1.1.1.5 christos
4289 1.1.1.5 christos /* Used because generic relaxation assumes a pc-rel value whilst we
4290 1.1.1.5 christos also relax instructions that use an absolute value resolved out of
4291 1.1.1.5 christos relative values (if that makes any sense). An example: 'add r1,
4292 1.1.1.5 christos r2, @.L2 - .' The symbols . and @.L2 are relative to the section
4293 1.1.1.5 christos but if they're in the same section we can subtract the section
4294 1.1.1.5 christos offset relocation which ends up in a resolved value. So if @.L2 is
4295 1.1.1.5 christos .text + 0x50 and . is .text + 0x10, we can say that .text + 0x50 -
4296 1.1.1.5 christos .text + 0x40 = 0x10. */
4297 1.1.1.5 christos int
4298 1.1.1.5 christos arc_pcrel_adjust (fragS *fragP)
4299 1.1.1.5 christos {
4300 1.1.1.6 christos pr_debug ("arc_pcrel_adjust: address=%ld, fix=%ld, PCrel %s\n",
4301 1.1.1.6 christos fragP->fr_address, fragP->fr_fix,
4302 1.1.1.6 christos fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel ? "Y" : "N");
4303 1.1.1.6 christos
4304 1.1.1.5 christos if (!fragP->tc_frag_data.pcrel)
4305 1.1.1.5 christos return fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
4306 1.1.1.5 christos
4307 1.1.1.6 christos /* Take into account the PCL rounding. */
4308 1.1.1.6 christos return (fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix) & 0x03;
4309 1.1.1.5 christos }
4310 1.1.1.5 christos
4311 1.1.1.5 christos /* Initialize the DWARF-2 unwind information for this procedure. */
4312 1.1.1.5 christos
4313 1.1.1.5 christos void
4314 1.1.1.5 christos tc_arc_frame_initial_instructions (void)
4315 1.1.1.5 christos {
4316 1.1.1.5 christos /* Stack pointer is register 28. */
4317 1.1.1.5 christos cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (28, 0);
4318 1.1.1.5 christos }
4319 1.1.1.5 christos
4320 1.1.1.5 christos int
4321 1.1.1.5 christos tc_arc_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
4322 1.1.1.5 christos {
4323 1.1.1.5 christos struct symbol *sym;
4324 1.1.1.5 christos
4325 1.1.1.5 christos sym = hash_find (arc_reg_hash, regname);
4326 1.1.1.5 christos if (sym)
4327 1.1.1.5 christos return S_GET_VALUE (sym);
4328 1.1.1.5 christos
4329 1.1.1.5 christos return -1;
4330 1.1.1.5 christos }
4331 1.1.1.5 christos
4332 1.1.1.5 christos /* Adjust the symbol table. Delete found AUX register symbols. */
4333 1.1.1.5 christos
4334 1.1.1.5 christos void
4335 1.1.1.5 christos arc_adjust_symtab (void)
4336 1.1.1.5 christos {
4337 1.1.1.5 christos symbolS * sym;
4338 1.1.1.5 christos
4339 1.1.1.5 christos for (sym = symbol_rootP; sym != NULL; sym = symbol_next (sym))
4340 1.1.1.5 christos {
4341 1.1.1.5 christos /* I've created a symbol during parsing process. Now, remove
4342 1.1.1.5 christos the symbol as it is found to be an AUX register. */
4343 1.1.1.5 christos if (ARC_GET_FLAG (sym) & ARC_FLAG_AUX)
4344 1.1.1.5 christos symbol_remove (sym, &symbol_rootP, &symbol_lastP);
4345 1.1.1.5 christos }
4346 1.1.1.5 christos
4347 1.1.1.5 christos /* Now do generic ELF adjustments. */
4348 1.1.1.5 christos elf_adjust_symtab ();
4349 1.1.1.5 christos }
4350 1.1.1.5 christos
4351 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4352 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extinsn (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4353 1.1.1.5 christos {
4354 1.1.1.5 christos char *p, c;
4355 1.1.1.5 christos char *insn_name;
4356 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char major_opcode;
4357 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char sub_opcode;
4358 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char syntax_class = 0;
4359 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char syntax_class_modifiers = 0;
4360 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char suffix_class = 0;
4361 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned int i;
4362 1.1.1.5 christos
4363 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4364 1.1.1.5 christos
4365 1.1.1.5 christos /* 1st: get instruction name. */
4366 1.1.1.5 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4367 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4368 1.1.1.5 christos
4369 1.1.1.5 christos insn_name = xstrdup (p);
4370 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4371 1.1.1.5 christos
4372 1.1.1.5 christos /* 2nd: get major opcode. */
4373 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4374 1.1.1.5 christos {
4375 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after instruction name"));
4376 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4377 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4378 1.1.1.5 christos }
4379 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4380 1.1.1.5 christos major_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4381 1.1.1.5 christos
4382 1.1.1.5 christos /* 3rd: get sub-opcode. */
4383 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4384 1.1.1.5 christos
4385 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4386 1.1.1.5 christos {
4387 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after major opcode"));
4388 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4389 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4390 1.1.1.5 christos }
4391 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4392 1.1.1.5 christos sub_opcode = get_absolute_expression ();
4393 1.1.1.5 christos
4394 1.1.1.5 christos /* 4th: get suffix class. */
4395 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4396 1.1.1.5 christos
4397 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4398 1.1.1.5 christos {
4399 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("expected comma after sub opcode");
4400 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4401 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4402 1.1.1.5 christos }
4403 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4404 1.1.1.5 christos
4405 1.1.1.5 christos while (1)
4406 1.1.1.5 christos {
4407 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4408 1.1.1.5 christos
4409 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass); i++)
4410 1.1.1.5 christos {
4411 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (suffixclass[i].name, input_line_pointer,
4412 1.1.1.5 christos suffixclass[i].len))
4413 1.1.1.5 christos {
4414 1.1.1.5 christos suffix_class |= suffixclass[i].attr_class;
4415 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += suffixclass[i].len;
4416 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4417 1.1.1.5 christos }
4418 1.1.1.5 christos }
4419 1.1.1.5 christos
4420 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (suffixclass))
4421 1.1.1.5 christos {
4422 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("invalid suffix class");
4423 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4424 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4425 1.1.1.5 christos }
4426 1.1.1.5 christos
4427 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4428 1.1.1.5 christos
4429 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4430 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4431 1.1.1.5 christos else
4432 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4433 1.1.1.5 christos }
4434 1.1.1.5 christos
4435 1.1.1.5 christos /* 5th: get syntax class and syntax class modifiers. */
4436 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4437 1.1.1.5 christos {
4438 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("expected comma after suffix class");
4439 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4440 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4441 1.1.1.5 christos }
4442 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4443 1.1.1.5 christos
4444 1.1.1.5 christos while (1)
4445 1.1.1.5 christos {
4446 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4447 1.1.1.5 christos
4448 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod); i++)
4449 1.1.1.5 christos {
4450 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclassmod[i].name,
4451 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer,
4452 1.1.1.5 christos syntaxclassmod[i].len))
4453 1.1.1.5 christos {
4454 1.1.1.5 christos syntax_class_modifiers |= syntaxclassmod[i].attr_class;
4455 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclassmod[i].len;
4456 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4457 1.1.1.5 christos }
4458 1.1.1.5 christos }
4459 1.1.1.5 christos
4460 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclassmod))
4461 1.1.1.5 christos {
4462 1.1.1.5 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass); i++)
4463 1.1.1.5 christos {
4464 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (syntaxclass[i].name,
4465 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer,
4466 1.1.1.5 christos syntaxclass[i].len))
4467 1.1.1.5 christos {
4468 1.1.1.5 christos syntax_class |= syntaxclass[i].attr_class;
4469 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += syntaxclass[i].len;
4470 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4471 1.1.1.5 christos }
4472 1.1.1.5 christos }
4473 1.1.1.5 christos
4474 1.1.1.5 christos if (i == ARRAY_SIZE (syntaxclass))
4475 1.1.1.5 christos {
4476 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad ("missing syntax class");
4477 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4478 1.1.1.5 christos return;
4479 1.1.1.5 christos }
4480 1.1.1.5 christos }
4481 1.1.1.5 christos
4482 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4483 1.1.1.5 christos
4484 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer == '|')
4485 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4486 1.1.1.5 christos else
4487 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4488 1.1.1.5 christos }
4489 1.1.1.5 christos
4490 1.1.1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4491 1.1.1.5 christos
4492 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->name = insn_name;
4493 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->major = major_opcode;
4494 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->minor = sub_opcode;
4495 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->syntax = syntax_class;
4496 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->modsyn = syntax_class_modifiers;
4497 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->suffix = suffix_class;
4498 1.1.1.5 christos einsn->flags = syntax_class
4499 1.1.1.5 christos | (syntax_class_modifiers & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED ? 0x10 : 0);
4500 1.1.1.5 christos }
4501 1.1.1.5 christos
4502 1.1.1.5 christos /* Generate an extension section. */
4503 1.1.1.5 christos
4504 1.1.1.5 christos static int
4505 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg (void)
4506 1.1.1.5 christos {
4507 1.1.1.5 christos if (!arcext_section)
4508 1.1.1.5 christos {
4509 1.1.1.5 christos arcext_section = subseg_new (".arcextmap", 0);
4510 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, arcext_section,
4511 1.1.1.5 christos SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
4512 1.1.1.5 christos }
4513 1.1.1.5 christos else
4514 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (arcext_section, 0);
4515 1.1.1.5 christos return 1;
4516 1.1.1.5 christos }
4517 1.1.1.5 christos
4518 1.1.1.5 christos /* Create an extension instruction description in the arc extension
4519 1.1.1.5 christos section of the output file.
4520 1.1.1.5 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4521 1.1.1.5 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4522 1.1.1.5 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4523 1.1.1.5 christos
4524 1.1.1.5 christos [2]: Major opcode.
4525 1.1.1.5 christos [3]: Sub-opcode.
4526 1.1.1.5 christos [4]: Syntax (flags).
4527 1.1.1.5 christos [5]+ Name instruction.
4528 1.1.1.5 christos
4529 1.1.1.5 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4530 1.1.1.5 christos
4531 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4532 1.1.1.5 christos create_extinst_section (extInstruction_t *einsn)
4533 1.1.1.5 christos {
4534 1.1.1.5 christos
4535 1.1.1.5 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4536 1.1.1.5 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4537 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4538 1.1.1.5 christos int name_len = strlen (einsn->name);
4539 1.1.1.5 christos
4540 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4541 1.1.1.5 christos
4542 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4543 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 5 + name_len + 1;
4544 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4545 1.1.1.5 christos *p = EXT_INSTRUCTION;
4546 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4547 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->major;
4548 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4549 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->minor;
4550 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4551 1.1.1.5 christos *p = einsn->flags;
4552 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4553 1.1.1.5 christos strcpy (p, einsn->name);
4554 1.1.1.5 christos
4555 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4556 1.1.1.5 christos }
4557 1.1.1.5 christos
4558 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handler .extinstruction pseudo-op. */
4559 1.1.1.5 christos
4560 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4561 1.1.1.5 christos arc_extinsn (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4562 1.1.1.5 christos {
4563 1.1.1.5 christos extInstruction_t einsn;
4564 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_opcode *arc_ext_opcodes;
4565 1.1.1.5 christos const char *errmsg = NULL;
4566 1.1.1.5 christos unsigned char moplow, mophigh;
4567 1.1.1.5 christos
4568 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&einsn, 0, sizeof (einsn));
4569 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extinsn (&einsn);
4570 1.1.1.5 christos
4571 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check if the name is already used. */
4572 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_find_opcode (einsn.name))
4573 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn (_("Pseudocode already used %s"), einsn.name);
4574 1.1.1.5 christos
4575 1.1.1.5 christos /* Check the opcode ranges. */
4576 1.1.1.5 christos moplow = 0x05;
4577 1.1.1.6 christos mophigh = (selected_cpu.flags & (ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2EM
4578 1.1.1.6 christos | ARC_OPCODE_ARCv2HS)) ? 0x07 : 0x0a;
4579 1.1.1.5 christos
4580 1.1.1.5 christos if ((einsn.major > mophigh) || (einsn.major < moplow))
4581 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("major opcode not in range [0x%02x - 0x%02x]"), moplow, mophigh);
4582 1.1.1.5 christos
4583 1.1.1.5 christos if ((einsn.minor > 0x3f) && (einsn.major != 0x0a)
4584 1.1.1.5 christos && (einsn.major != 5) && (einsn.major != 9))
4585 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("minor opcode not in range [0x00 - 0x3f]"));
4586 1.1.1.5 christos
4587 1.1.1.5 christos switch (einsn.syntax & ARC_SYNTAX_MASK)
4588 1.1.1.5 christos {
4589 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_3OP:
4590 1.1.1.5 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_IMM_IMPLIED)
4591 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_IMM_IMPLIED"));
4592 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4593 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_2OP:
4594 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_1OP:
4595 1.1.1.5 christos case ARC_SYNTAX_NOP:
4596 1.1.1.5 christos if (einsn.modsyn & ARC_OP1_MUST_BE_IMM)
4597 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Improper use of OP1_MUST_BE_IMM"));
4598 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4599 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4600 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4601 1.1.1.5 christos }
4602 1.1.1.5 christos
4603 1.1.1.6 christos arc_ext_opcodes = arcExtMap_genOpcode (&einsn, selected_cpu.flags, &errmsg);
4604 1.1.1.5 christos if (arc_ext_opcodes == NULL)
4605 1.1.1.5 christos {
4606 1.1.1.5 christos if (errmsg)
4607 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal ("%s", errmsg);
4608 1.1.1.5 christos else
4609 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Couldn't generate extension instruction opcodes"));
4610 1.1.1.5 christos }
4611 1.1.1.5 christos else if (errmsg)
4612 1.1.1.5 christos as_warn ("%s", errmsg);
4613 1.1.1.5 christos
4614 1.1.1.5 christos /* Insert the extension instruction. */
4615 1.1.1.5 christos arc_insert_opcode ((const struct arc_opcode *) arc_ext_opcodes);
4616 1.1.1.5 christos
4617 1.1.1.5 christos create_extinst_section (&einsn);
4618 1.1.1.5 christos }
4619 1.1.1.5 christos
4620 1.1.1.6 christos static bfd_boolean
4621 1.1.1.5 christos tokenize_extregister (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4622 1.1.1.5 christos {
4623 1.1.1.5 christos char *name;
4624 1.1.1.5 christos char *mode;
4625 1.1.1.5 christos char c;
4626 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4627 1.1.1.5 christos int number, imode = 0;
4628 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean isCore_p = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
4629 1.1.1.5 christos bfd_boolean isReg_p = (opertype == EXT_CORE_REGISTER
4630 1.1.1.5 christos || opertype == EXT_AUX_REGISTER) ? TRUE : FALSE;
4631 1.1.1.5 christos
4632 1.1.1.5 christos /* 1st: get register name. */
4633 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4634 1.1.1.5 christos p = input_line_pointer;
4635 1.1.1.5 christos c = get_symbol_name (&p);
4636 1.1.1.5 christos
4637 1.1.1.5 christos name = xstrdup (p);
4638 1.1.1.5 christos restore_line_pointer (c);
4639 1.1.1.5 christos
4640 1.1.1.5 christos /* 2nd: get register number. */
4641 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4642 1.1.1.5 christos
4643 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4644 1.1.1.5 christos {
4645 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after name"));
4646 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4647 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4648 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4649 1.1.1.5 christos }
4650 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4651 1.1.1.5 christos number = get_absolute_expression ();
4652 1.1.1.5 christos
4653 1.1.1.6 christos if ((number < 0)
4654 1.1.1.6 christos && (opertype != EXT_AUX_REGISTER))
4655 1.1.1.5 christos {
4656 1.1.1.6 christos as_bad (_("%s second argument cannot be a negative number %d"),
4657 1.1.1.6 christos isCore_p ? "extCoreRegister's" : "extCondCode's",
4658 1.1.1.6 christos number);
4659 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4660 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4661 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4662 1.1.1.5 christos }
4663 1.1.1.5 christos
4664 1.1.1.5 christos if (isReg_p)
4665 1.1.1.5 christos {
4666 1.1.1.5 christos /* 3rd: get register mode. */
4667 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4668 1.1.1.5 christos
4669 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4670 1.1.1.5 christos {
4671 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register number"));
4672 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4673 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4674 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4675 1.1.1.5 christos }
4676 1.1.1.5 christos
4677 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4678 1.1.1.5 christos mode = input_line_pointer;
4679 1.1.1.5 christos
4680 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (mode, "r|w", 3))
4681 1.1.1.5 christos {
4682 1.1.1.5 christos imode = 0;
4683 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 3;
4684 1.1.1.5 christos }
4685 1.1.1.5 christos else if (!strncmp (mode, "r", 1))
4686 1.1.1.5 christos {
4687 1.1.1.5 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_READONLY;
4688 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4689 1.1.1.5 christos }
4690 1.1.1.5 christos else if (strncmp (mode, "w", 1))
4691 1.1.1.5 christos {
4692 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("invalid mode"));
4693 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4694 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4695 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4696 1.1.1.5 christos }
4697 1.1.1.5 christos else
4698 1.1.1.5 christos {
4699 1.1.1.5 christos imode = ARC_REGISTER_WRITEONLY;
4700 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 1;
4701 1.1.1.5 christos }
4702 1.1.1.5 christos }
4703 1.1.1.5 christos
4704 1.1.1.5 christos if (isCore_p)
4705 1.1.1.5 christos {
4706 1.1.1.5 christos /* 4th: get core register shortcut. */
4707 1.1.1.5 christos SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
4708 1.1.1.5 christos if (*input_line_pointer != ',')
4709 1.1.1.5 christos {
4710 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("expected comma after register mode"));
4711 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4712 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4713 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4714 1.1.1.5 christos }
4715 1.1.1.5 christos
4716 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer++;
4717 1.1.1.5 christos
4718 1.1.1.5 christos if (!strncmp (input_line_pointer, "cannot_shortcut", 15))
4719 1.1.1.5 christos {
4720 1.1.1.5 christos imode |= ARC_REGISTER_NOSHORT_CUT;
4721 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 15;
4722 1.1.1.5 christos }
4723 1.1.1.5 christos else if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "can_shortcut", 12))
4724 1.1.1.5 christos {
4725 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("shortcut designator invalid"));
4726 1.1.1.5 christos ignore_rest_of_line ();
4727 1.1.1.5 christos free (name);
4728 1.1.1.6 christos return FALSE;
4729 1.1.1.5 christos }
4730 1.1.1.5 christos else
4731 1.1.1.5 christos {
4732 1.1.1.5 christos input_line_pointer += 12;
4733 1.1.1.5 christos }
4734 1.1.1.5 christos }
4735 1.1.1.5 christos demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
4736 1.1.1.5 christos
4737 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->name = name;
4738 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->number = number;
4739 1.1.1.5 christos ereg->imode = imode;
4740 1.1.1.6 christos return TRUE;
4741 1.1.1.5 christos }
4742 1.1.1.5 christos
4743 1.1.1.5 christos /* Create an extension register/condition description in the arc
4744 1.1.1.5 christos extension section of the output file.
4745 1.1.1.5 christos
4746 1.1.1.5 christos The structure for an instruction is like this:
4747 1.1.1.5 christos [0]: Length of the record.
4748 1.1.1.5 christos [1]: Type of the record.
4749 1.1.1.5 christos
4750 1.1.1.5 christos For core regs and condition codes:
4751 1.1.1.5 christos [2]: Value.
4752 1.1.1.5 christos [3]+ Name.
4753 1.1.1.5 christos
4754 1.1.1.6 christos For auxiliary registers:
4755 1.1.1.5 christos [2..5]: Value.
4756 1.1.1.5 christos [6]+ Name
4757 1.1.1.5 christos
4758 1.1.1.5 christos The sequence is terminated by an empty entry. */
4759 1.1.1.5 christos
4760 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4761 1.1.1.5 christos create_extcore_section (extRegister_t *ereg, int opertype)
4762 1.1.1.5 christos {
4763 1.1.1.5 christos segT old_sec = now_seg;
4764 1.1.1.5 christos int old_subsec = now_subseg;
4765 1.1.1.5 christos char *p;
4766 1.1.1.5 christos int name_len = strlen (ereg->name);
4767 1.1.1.5 christos
4768 1.1.1.5 christos arc_set_ext_seg ();
4769 1.1.1.5 christos
4770 1.1.1.5 christos switch (opertype)
4771 1.1.1.5 christos {
4772 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4773 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4774 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4775 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 3 + name_len + 1;
4776 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4777 1.1.1.5 christos *p = opertype;
4778 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4779 1.1.1.5 christos *p = ereg->number;
4780 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4781 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4782 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4783 1.1.1.5 christos *p = 6 + name_len + 1;
4784 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4785 1.1.1.5 christos *p = EXT_AUX_REGISTER;
4786 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4787 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 24) & 0xff;
4788 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4789 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 16) & 0xff;
4790 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4791 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number >> 8) & 0xff;
4792 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (1);
4793 1.1.1.5 christos *p = (ereg->number) & 0xff;
4794 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4795 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4796 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4797 1.1.1.5 christos }
4798 1.1.1.5 christos
4799 1.1.1.5 christos p = frag_more (name_len + 1);
4800 1.1.1.5 christos strcpy (p, ereg->name);
4801 1.1.1.5 christos
4802 1.1.1.5 christos subseg_set (old_sec, old_subsec);
4803 1.1.1.5 christos }
4804 1.1.1.5 christos
4805 1.1.1.5 christos /* Handler .extCoreRegister pseudo-op. */
4806 1.1.1.5 christos
4807 1.1.1.5 christos static void
4808 1.1.1.5 christos arc_extcorereg (int opertype)
4809 1.1.1.5 christos {
4810 1.1.1.5 christos extRegister_t ereg;
4811 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_aux_reg *auxr;
4812 1.1.1.5 christos const char *retval;
4813 1.1.1.5 christos struct arc_flag_operand *ccode;
4814 1.1.1.5 christos
4815 1.1.1.5 christos memset (&ereg, 0, sizeof (ereg));
4816 1.1.1.6 christos if (!tokenize_extregister (&ereg, opertype))
4817 1.1.1.6 christos return;
4818 1.1.1.5 christos
4819 1.1.1.5 christos switch (opertype)
4820 1.1.1.5 christos {
4821 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_CORE_REGISTER:
4822 1.1.1.5 christos /* Core register. */
4823 1.1.1.5 christos if (ereg.number > 60)
4824 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("core register %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4825 1.1.1.5 christos ereg.number);
4826 1.1.1.5 christos declare_register (ereg.name, ereg.number);
4827 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4828 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_AUX_REGISTER:
4829 1.1.1.5 christos /* Auxiliary register. */
4830 1.1.1.5 christos auxr = XNEW (struct arc_aux_reg);
4831 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->name = ereg.name;
4832 1.1.1.6 christos auxr->cpu = selected_cpu.flags;
4833 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->subclass = NONE;
4834 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->address = ereg.number;
4835 1.1.1.5 christos retval = hash_insert (arc_aux_hash, auxr->name, (void *) auxr);
4836 1.1.1.5 christos if (retval)
4837 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("internal error: can't hash aux register '%s': %s"),
4838 1.1.1.5 christos auxr->name, retval);
4839 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4840 1.1.1.5 christos case EXT_COND_CODE:
4841 1.1.1.5 christos /* Condition code. */
4842 1.1.1.5 christos if (ereg.number > 31)
4843 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("condition code %s value (%d) too large"), ereg.name,
4844 1.1.1.5 christos ereg.number);
4845 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.size ++;
4846 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode =
4847 1.1.1.5 christos XRESIZEVEC (struct arc_flag_operand, ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode,
4848 1.1.1.5 christos ext_condcode.size + 1);
4849 1.1.1.5 christos if (ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode == NULL)
4850 1.1.1.5 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
4851 1.1.1.5 christos
4852 1.1.1.5 christos ccode = ext_condcode.arc_ext_condcode + ext_condcode.size - 1;
4853 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->name = ereg.name;
4854 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->code = ereg.number;
4855 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->bits = 5;
4856 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->shift = 0;
4857 1.1.1.5 christos ccode->favail = 0; /* not used. */
4858 1.1.1.5 christos ccode++;
4859 1.1.1.5 christos memset (ccode, 0, sizeof (struct arc_flag_operand));
4860 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4861 1.1.1.5 christos default:
4862 1.1.1.5 christos as_bad (_("Unknown extension"));
4863 1.1.1.5 christos break;
4864 1.1.1.5 christos }
4865 1.1.1.5 christos create_extcore_section (&ereg, opertype);
4866 1.1.1.5 christos }
4867 1.1.1.5 christos
4868 1.1.1.6 christos /* Parse a .arc_attribute directive. */
4869 1.1.1.6 christos
4870 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4871 1.1.1.6 christos arc_attribute (int ignored ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
4872 1.1.1.6 christos {
4873 1.1.1.6 christos int tag = obj_elf_vendor_attribute (OBJ_ATTR_PROC);
4874 1.1.1.6 christos
4875 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES)
4876 1.1.1.6 christos attributes_set_explicitly[tag] = TRUE;
4877 1.1.1.6 christos }
4878 1.1.1.6 christos
4879 1.1.1.6 christos /* Set an attribute if it has not already been set by the user. */
4880 1.1.1.6 christos
4881 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4882 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (int tag, int value)
4883 1.1.1.6 christos {
4884 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < 1
4885 1.1.1.6 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4886 1.1.1.6 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4887 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, tag, value);
4888 1.1.1.6 christos }
4889 1.1.1.6 christos
4890 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4891 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_string (int tag, const char *value)
4892 1.1.1.6 christos {
4893 1.1.1.6 christos if (tag < 1
4894 1.1.1.6 christos || tag >= NUM_KNOWN_OBJ_ATTRIBUTES
4895 1.1.1.6 christos || !attributes_set_explicitly[tag])
4896 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_string (stdoutput, tag, value);
4897 1.1.1.6 christos }
4898 1.1.1.6 christos
4899 1.1.1.6 christos /* Allocate and concatenate two strings. s1 can be NULL but not
4900 1.1.1.6 christos s2. s1 pointer is freed at end of this procedure. */
4901 1.1.1.6 christos
4902 1.1.1.6 christos static char *
4903 1.1.1.6 christos arc_stralloc (char * s1, const char * s2)
4904 1.1.1.6 christos {
4905 1.1.1.6 christos char * p;
4906 1.1.1.6 christos int len = 0;
4907 1.1.1.6 christos
4908 1.1.1.6 christos if (s1)
4909 1.1.1.6 christos len = strlen (s1) + 1;
4910 1.1.1.6 christos
4911 1.1.1.6 christos /* Only s1 can be null. */
4912 1.1.1.6 christos gas_assert (s2);
4913 1.1.1.6 christos len += strlen (s2) + 1;
4914 1.1.1.6 christos
4915 1.1.1.6 christos p = (char *) xmalloc (len);
4916 1.1.1.6 christos if (p == NULL)
4917 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("Virtual memory exhausted"));
4918 1.1.1.6 christos
4919 1.1.1.6 christos if (s1)
4920 1.1.1.6 christos {
4921 1.1.1.6 christos strcpy (p, s1);
4922 1.1.1.6 christos strcat (p, ",");
4923 1.1.1.6 christos strcat (p, s2);
4924 1.1.1.6 christos free (s1);
4925 1.1.1.6 christos }
4926 1.1.1.6 christos else
4927 1.1.1.6 christos strcpy (p, s2);
4928 1.1.1.6 christos
4929 1.1.1.6 christos return p;
4930 1.1.1.6 christos }
4931 1.1.1.6 christos
4932 1.1.1.6 christos /* Set the public ARC object attributes. */
4933 1.1.1.6 christos
4934 1.1.1.6 christos static void
4935 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_public_attributes (void)
4936 1.1.1.6 christos {
4937 1.1.1.6 christos int base = 0;
4938 1.1.1.6 christos char *s = NULL;
4939 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int i;
4940 1.1.1.6 christos
4941 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_name. */
4942 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_CPU_name, selected_cpu.name);
4943 1.1.1.6 christos
4944 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_CPU_base. */
4945 1.1.1.6 christos switch (selected_cpu.eflags & EF_ARC_MACH_MSK)
4946 1.1.1.6 christos {
4947 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC600:
4948 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC601:
4949 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC6xx;
4950 1.1.1.6 christos break;
4951 1.1.1.6 christos case E_ARC_MACH_ARC700:
4952 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARC7xx;
4953 1.1.1.6 christos break;
4954 1.1.1.6 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2EM:
4955 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCEM;
4956 1.1.1.6 christos break;
4957 1.1.1.6 christos case EF_ARC_CPU_ARCV2HS:
4958 1.1.1.6 christos base = TAG_CPU_ARCHS;
4959 1.1.1.6 christos break;
4960 1.1.1.6 christos default:
4961 1.1.1.6 christos base = 0;
4962 1.1.1.6 christos break;
4963 1.1.1.6 christos }
4964 1.1.1.6 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_CPU_base]
4965 1.1.1.6 christos && (base != bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
4966 1.1.1.6 christos Tag_ARC_CPU_base)))
4967 1.1.1.6 christos as_warn (_("Overwrite explicitly set Tag_ARC_CPU_base"));
4968 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_elf_add_proc_attr_int (stdoutput, Tag_ARC_CPU_base, base);
4969 1.1.1.6 christos
4970 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_osver. */
4971 1.1.1.6 christos if (attributes_set_explicitly[Tag_ARC_ABI_osver])
4972 1.1.1.6 christos {
4973 1.1.1.6 christos int val = bfd_elf_get_obj_attr_int (stdoutput, OBJ_ATTR_PROC,
4974 1.1.1.6 christos Tag_ARC_ABI_osver);
4975 1.1.1.6 christos
4976 1.1.1.6 christos selected_cpu.eflags = ((selected_cpu.eflags & ~EF_ARC_OSABI_MSK)
4977 1.1.1.6 christos | (val & 0x0f << 8));
4978 1.1.1.6 christos }
4979 1.1.1.6 christos else
4980 1.1.1.6 christos {
4981 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver, E_ARC_OSABI_CURRENT >> 8);
4982 1.1.1.6 christos }
4983 1.1.1.6 christos
4984 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_config. */
4985 1.1.1.6 christos arc_check_feature();
4986 1.1.1.6 christos
4987 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (feature_list); i++)
4988 1.1.1.6 christos if (selected_cpu.features & feature_list[i].feature)
4989 1.1.1.6 christos s = arc_stralloc (s, feature_list[i].attr);
4990 1.1.1.6 christos
4991 1.1.1.6 christos if (s)
4992 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_string (Tag_ARC_ISA_config, s);
4993 1.1.1.6 christos
4994 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option. */
4995 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option, mpy_option);
4996 1.1.1.6 christos
4997 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_pic. */
4998 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic, pic_option);
4999 1.1.1.6 christos
5000 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_sda. */
5001 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda, sda_option);
5002 1.1.1.6 christos
5003 1.1.1.6 christos /* Tag_ARC_ABI_tls. */
5004 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_attribute_int (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls, tls_option);
5005 1.1.1.6 christos }
5006 1.1.1.6 christos
5007 1.1.1.6 christos /* Add the default contents for the .ARC.attributes section. */
5008 1.1.1.6 christos
5009 1.1.1.6 christos void
5010 1.1.1.6 christos arc_md_end (void)
5011 1.1.1.6 christos {
5012 1.1.1.6 christos arc_set_public_attributes ();
5013 1.1.1.6 christos
5014 1.1.1.6 christos if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_arc, selected_cpu.mach))
5015 1.1.1.6 christos as_fatal (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
5016 1.1.1.6 christos
5017 1.1.1.6 christos bfd_set_private_flags (stdoutput, selected_cpu.eflags);
5018 1.1.1.6 christos }
5019 1.1.1.6 christos
5020 1.1.1.6 christos void arc_copy_symbol_attributes (symbolS *dest, symbolS *src)
5021 1.1.1.6 christos {
5022 1.1.1.6 christos ARC_GET_FLAG (dest) = ARC_GET_FLAG (src);
5023 1.1.1.6 christos }
5024 1.1.1.6 christos
5025 1.1.1.6 christos int arc_convert_symbolic_attribute (const char *name)
5026 1.1.1.6 christos {
5027 1.1.1.6 christos static const struct
5028 1.1.1.6 christos {
5029 1.1.1.6 christos const char * name;
5030 1.1.1.6 christos const int tag;
5031 1.1.1.6 christos }
5032 1.1.1.6 christos attribute_table[] =
5033 1.1.1.6 christos {
5034 1.1.1.6 christos #define T(tag) {#tag, tag}
5035 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_PCS_config),
5036 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_base),
5037 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_variation),
5038 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_CPU_name),
5039 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_rf16),
5040 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_osver),
5041 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_sda),
5042 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_pic),
5043 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_tls),
5044 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_enumsize),
5045 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_exceptions),
5046 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ABI_double_size),
5047 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_config),
5048 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_apex),
5049 1.1.1.6 christos T (Tag_ARC_ISA_mpy_option)
5050 1.1.1.6 christos #undef T
5051 1.1.1.6 christos };
5052 1.1.1.6 christos unsigned int i;
5053 1.1.1.6 christos
5054 1.1.1.6 christos if (name == NULL)
5055 1.1.1.6 christos return -1;
5056 1.1.1.6 christos
5057 1.1.1.6 christos for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (attribute_table); i++)
5058 1.1.1.6 christos if (streq (name, attribute_table[i].name))
5059 1.1.1.6 christos return attribute_table[i].tag;
5060 1.1.1.6 christos
5061 1.1.1.6 christos return -1;
5062 1.1.1.6 christos }
5063 1.1.1.6 christos
5064 1.1.1.5 christos /* Local variables:
5065 1.1.1.5 christos eval: (c-set-style "gnu")
5066 1.1.1.5 christos indent-tabs-mode: t
5067 1.1.1.5 christos End: */
5068